Avyakt murli for Monday 1 March 1999

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>101-03-99 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन01-03-99 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban01-03-99 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x01-03-99 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 01-03-1999 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2होली मनाना अर्थात् सम्पूर्ण पवित्र बनकर संस्कार मिलन मनानाhōlī|holy manānā arthāt sampūrṇ pavitra bankar saṅskār milan manānāhōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[abs.] saṅskār milan[x] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.](Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is complete pure become[abs.] harmonisation of sanskaras celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.]

1TO CELEBRATE HOLI MEANS TO BECOME COMPLETELY PURE AND FOR EVERYONE’S SANSKARS TO HARMONISE.

3आज बापदादा चारों ओर के अपने होलीएस्ट और हाइएस्ट बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K apnē holiest aur highest bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] holiest[adj.] aur high bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) one’s own holiest and high child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

2Today, BapDada was seeing His holiest and highest children everywhere.

4विश्व में सबसे हाइएस्ट ऊँचे-ते-ऊँचे श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें आप बच्चों के सिवाए और कोई है  ? viśhva mē̃ sabsē highest ū̃cē-tē-ū̃cē śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ āp bachchō̃ kē|K sivāē aur kōī hai  ? viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sabsē high x śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē aur kōī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? world in the most high x elevated soul you child (of|K) except someone else be[pres.sg.23]  ?

3Is there any soul in this world who is higher and more elevated than you children?

5क्योंकि आप सभी ऊँचे-ते-ऊँचे बाप के बच्चे हैं . kyōṅki āp sabhī ū̃cē-tē-ū̃cē bāp kē|K bachchē haĩ . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] x bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because you all x father (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

4You are the children of the Highest­on­High Father.

6सारे कल्प में चक्र लगाकर देखो तो सबसे ऊँचे मर्तबे वाले और कोई नज़र आते हैं  ? sārē kalp mē̃ chakra lagākar dēkhō tō sabsē ū̃chē martabē vālē aur kōī nazar ātē haĩ  ? sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō sabsē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] martabā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur kōī[x] nazar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? the whole cycle in (cycle|x) attach[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then the most elevated status those who someone else glance come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

5Go around the whole cycle and see whether you can find anyone with a higher status.

7राज्य-अधिकारी स्वरूप में भी आपसे ऊँचे राज्य अधिकारी बने हैं  ? rājya-adhikārī svarūp mē̃ bhī āpsē ū̃chē rājya adhikārī banē haĩ  ? rājya adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.sē] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? master form in too you[.sē] elevated master become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

6When you are rulers, is there anyone who has a greater kingdom than yours?

8फिर पूजन और गायन में देखो जितनी पूजा विधिपूर्वक आप आत्माओं की होती है उससे ज्यादा और किसी की है  ? phir pūjan aur gāyan mē̃ dēkhō jitnī pūjā vidhipūrvak āp ātmāō̃ kī|key hōtī hai ussē jyādā aur kisī kī hai  ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] pūjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] vidhipūrvak āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.sē] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ? (turn[root]|then) worship and x in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] the more (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) with discipline you soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) be[pres.sg.f.23] that[.sē] more and (anything|some) do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]  ?

7In regard to how much you are worshipped and praised, is there anyone who is worshipped to the same extent and in the correct manner?

9वण्डरफुल राज़ ड्रामा का कितना श्रेष्ठ है जो आप स्वयं चैतन्य स्वरूप में , इस समय अपने पूज्य स्वरूप को नॉलेज के द्वारा जानते भी हो और देखते भी हो . wonderful rāz drama kā kitnā śhrēṣhṭh hai jō āp svayã chaitanya svarūp mē̃ , is samay apnē pūjya svarūp kō knowledge kē|K dvārā jāntē bhī hō aur dēkhtē bhī hō . wonderful rāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] drama kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] svayã chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , is samay[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dvārā jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . wonderful secret drama of so elevated be[pres.sg.23] that you x living form in , at this time one’s own worthy of worship form to knowledge (of|K) through know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

8The wonderful secret of the drama is that you elevated souls, in your living form, at this time, know and are also aware of your worship worthy form, on the basis of knowledge.

10एक तरफ आप चैतन्य आत्मायें हैं और दूसरे तरप् आपके जड़ चित्र पूज्य रूप में हैं . ēk taraph āp chaitanya ātmāyē̃ haĩ aur dūsrē tarap āpkē jaṛ chitra pūjya rūp mē̃ haĩ . ēk taraph[x] āp[pn.pl.] chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūjya[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x you living soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] and other x you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture worthy of worship Rup in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

9On the one side, there are you living souls, and on the other side, there are your non­living images of your worship worthy form.

11अपने पूज्य स्वरूप को देख रहे हो ना  ? apnē pūjya svarūp kō dēkh rahē hō nā  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā  ? one’s own worthy of worship form to see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅  ?

10You can see your worthy to be worshipped form can you not? 11Can you see it?

12जड़ रूप में भी हो और चैतन्य रूप में भी हो . jaṛ rūp mē̃ bhī hō aur chaitanya rūp mē̃ bhī hō . jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) Rup in too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and living Rup in too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

12You exist in both your non­living worship worthy form and your living form.

13तो वण्डरफुल खेल है ना  ! tō wonderful khēl hai nā  ! tō wonderful khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! then wonderful (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

13This is such a wonderful play!

14और राज्य के हिसाब से भी सारे कल्प में निर्विघ्न , अखण्ड-अटल राज्य एक आप आत्माओं का ही चलता है . aur rājya kē|K hisāb sē bhī sārē kalp mē̃ nirvighna , akhaṇḍ-aṭal rājya ēk āp ātmāō̃ kā hī chaltā hai . aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] , aṭal-akhaṇḍ[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and kingdom (of|K) account from too the whole cycle in free from obstacles , unshakeable and immovable kingdom one you soul of only continue[pres.sg.m.23] .

14In regard to your kingdom, the kingdom you have is free from obstacles throughout the whole cycle. 15Only you souls have such an unshakeable and immovable kingdom.

15राजे तो बहुत बनते हैं लेकिन आप विश्वराज़न वा विश्वराजन की रॉयल फैमिली सबसे श्रेष्ठ है . rājē tō bahut bantē haĩ lēkin āp viśhvarāzan vā viśhvarājan kī|key royal family sabsē śhrēṣhṭh hai . rājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō bahut bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] viśhva-rājan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā viśhva-rājan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key royal family[x] sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . king then very become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you world emperor or world emperor (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) royal family the most elevated be[pres.sg.23] .

16Many become kings, but you emperors of the world and the royal family of the emperors of the world are the most elevated of all.

16तो राज्य में भी हाइएस्ट , पूज्य रूप में भी हाइएस्ट और अब संगम पर परमात्म-वर्से के अधिकारी , परमात्म मिलन के अधिकारी , परमात्म-प्यार के अधिकारी , परमात्म-परिवार की आत्मायें और कोई बनती हैं  ? tō rājya mē̃ bhī highest , pūjya rūp mē̃ bhī highest aur ab saṅgam par paramātm-varsē kē|K adhikārī , paramātma milan kē|K adhikārī , paramātma-pyār kē|K adhikārī , paramātm-parivār kī|key ātmāyē̃ aur kōī bantī haĩ  ? tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] high , pūjya[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] high aur ab[adv.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātma-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur kōī[x] bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? then kingdom in too high , worthy of worship Rup in too high and now confluence (at|other) x (of|K) (one) who has a right , Supreme Soul meeting (of|K) (one) who has a right , x (of|K) (one) who has a right , x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) soul someone else become[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ?

17So, you are the highest in the kingdom and you are also the highest in your worship worthy form. 18Now, at the confluence age you have a right to be given your inheritance from God; you have a right to celebrate a meeting with God and you have a right to receive God's love. 19Does anyone else become a soul of God's family?

17आप ही बने हो ना  ? āp hī banē hō nā  ? āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā  ? you only become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

20Only you become this, do you not?

18बन गये हो या बन रहे हो  ? ban gayē hō yā ban rahē hō  ? bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] yā bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ? become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] or become[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ?

21Have you become this or are you yet to become this?

19बन भी गये और अब तो वर्सा लेकर सम्पन्न बन बाप के साथ-साथ अपने घर में भी चलने वाले हैं . ban bhī gayē aur ab tō varsā lēkar sampann ban bāp kē|K sāth-sāth apnē ghar mē̃ bhī chalnē vālē haĩ . ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur ab[adv.] tō varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[abs.] sampann[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|become[root]) too go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] and now then inheritance take[abs.] full (x|become[root]) father (of|K) x one’s own home in too continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

22You have now become this. 23You are now claiming your inheritance and becoming complete and about to return home with the Father.

20संगम का सुख , संगमयुग की प्राप्तियाँ , संगमयुग का समय सुहाना लगता है ना  ! saṅgam kā sukh , saṅgamyug kī|key prāptiyā̃ , saṅgamyug kā samay suhānā lagtā hai nā  ! saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] suhānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! confluence of happiness , confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment , confluence age of time x x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

24The happiness of the confluence age, the attainments of the confluence age and the time of the confluence age are very beautiful, are they not?

21बहुत प्यारा लगता है . bahut pyārā lagtā hai . bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . very loving x[pres.sg.m.23] .

25They are very lovely!

22राज्य के समय से भी संगम का समय प्यारा लगता है ना  ? rājya kē|K samay sē bhī saṅgam kā samay pyārā lagtā hai nā  ? rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? kingdom (of|K) time from too confluence of time loving x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

26Your time of this confluence age is lovelier than your time of ruling, is it not?

23प्यारा है या जल्दी जाने चाहते हो  ? pyārā hai yā jaldī jānē chāhtē hō  ? pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā jaldī jānnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+cāhnā]  ? loving be[pres.sg.23] or very quickly know[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+cāhnā]  ?

27Is this lovelier, or do you want to go there quickly?

24फिर पूछते क्यों हो कि बाबा विनाश कब होगा  ? phir pūchhtē kyō̃ hō ki bābā vināśh kab hōgā  ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] pūchhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] bābā vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? (turn[root]|then) ask[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that Baba destruction when be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

28Then why do you ask Baba when destruction will take place?

25सोचते हो ना - पता नहीं विनाश कब होगा  ? sōchtē hō nā - patā nahī̃ vināśh kab hōgā  ? sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā - patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? think[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ - knowledge not destruction when be[fut.m.sg.23]  ? 26क्या होगा  ? kyā hōgā  ? kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? what be[fut.m.sg.23]  ? 27हम कहाँ होंगे  ? ham kahā̃ hōṅgē  ? ham[pn.pl.] kahā̃ hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? we where be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

29You are still wondering when destruction is going to take place and what will happen and where you will be at that time.

28बापदादा कहते हैं जहाँ भी होंगे - याद में होंगे , बाप के साथ होंगे . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ jahā̃ bhī hōṅgē - yād mē̃ hōṅgē , bāp kē sāth hōṅgē . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jahā̃ bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] where there too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - remembrance in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , father with be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

30BapDada says: Wherever you are, if you are in remembrance of Baba, you will be with the Father.

29साकार में या आकार में साथ होंगे तो कुछ नहीं होगा . sākār mē̃ yā ākār mē̃ sāth hōṅgē tō kuchh nahī̃ hōgā . sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] yā ākārī, ākār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . sakar in or subtle in with be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then anything not be[fut.m.sg.23] .

31Whether you are with the Father in your corporeal or your subtle form, nothing will happen to you.

30साकार में कहानी सुनाई है ना . sākār mē̃ kahānī sunāī hai nā . sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . sakar in x speak[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .

32You were told a story in the days of Sakar Baba, were you not?

31बिल्ली के पूंगरे भट्ठी में होते हुए भी सेफ रहे ना  ! billī kē|K pūṅgrē bhaṭṭhī mē̃ hōtē huē bhī safe rahē nā  ! billī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pūṅgrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] safe rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā  ! cat (of|K) kitten bhatti in be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too safe (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅  !

33Do you remember the story? 34What happened to the kittens whilst they were in the furnace?

32या जल गये  ? yā jal gayē  ? yā jalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ? or x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]  ?

35They remained safe, did they not?

33सब सेफ रहे . sab safe rahē . sab[adj.] safe rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . all safe (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

36Or were they burnt?

34तो आप परमात्म बच्चे जो साथ होंगे वह सेफ रहेंगे . tō āp paramātma bachchē jō sāth hōṅgē vah safe rahē̃gē . tō āp[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] safe rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then you Supreme Soul child that with be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that safe remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

37They all remained safe. 38So, when you children are with the Father you remain safe.

35अगर और कहाँ बुद्धि होगी तो कुछ-न-कुछ सेक लगेगा , कुछ-न-कुछ प्रभाव होगा . agar aur kahā̃ buddhi hōgī tō kuchh-na-kuchh sēk|sake lagēgā , kuchh-na-kuchh prabhāv hōgā . agar aur kahā̃ buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō kuchh-na-kuchh sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kuchh-na-kuchh prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if and where intellect be[fut.f.sg.23] then to some extent (affected|sake) x[fut.m.sg.23] , to some extent x be[fut.m.sg.23] .

39If your intellect is engaged elsewhere, you will be affected by that; you will be influenced in some way or another.

36साथ में कम्बाइण्ड होंगे , एक सेकण्ड भी अकेले नहीं होंगे तो सेफ रहेंगे . sāth mē̃ combined hōṅgē , ēk second bhī akēlē nahī̃ hōṅgē tō safe rahē̃gē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] combined hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō safe rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with in combined be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , one second too alone not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then safe remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

40However, when you are combined with the Father, you can’t be alone for even one second.

37कभी-कभी कामकाज़ या सेवा में अकेले अनुभव करते हो  ? kabhī-kabhī kāmakāz yā sēvā mē̃ akēlē anubhav kartē hō  ? kabhī[adv.] x yā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? ever x or service in alone experience do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

41Sometimes, whilst working, you consider yourselves to be alone.

38क्या करें अकेले हैं , बहुत काम है  ! kyā karē̃ akēlē haĩ , bahut kām hai  ! kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! what do[opt.pl.12hon3] alone be[pres.pl.12hon3] , very (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23]  !

42You exclaim, “What can I do? 43I’m all alone!

39फिर थक भी जाते हैं . phir thak bhī jātē haĩ . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] thaknā, phathaknā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (turn[root]|then) become desperate[root] too go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

44I have so much work to do!”

40तो बाप को क्यों नहीं साथी बनाते  ! tō bāp kō kyō̃ nahī̃ sāthī banātē  ! tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ! then father to why not companion create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  !

45You become tired. 46So, why do you not make Baba your Companion?

41दो भुजा वालों को साथी बना देते , हज़ार भुजा वाले को क्यों नहीं साथी बनाते . dō bhujā vālō̃ kō sāthī banā dētē , hazār bhujā vālē kō kyō̃ nahī̃ sāthī banātē . dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhujā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , hazār[adj.] bhujā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) arm those who to companion (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , 1000 arm those who to why not companion create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

47You want to make someone with two arms your companion. 48Why do you not make the one with a thousand arms your Companion?

42कौन ज्यादा सहयोग देगा  ? kaun jyādā sahyōg dēgā  ? kaun[pn.;d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? who more cooperation give[fut.m.sg.23]  ? 43हज़ार भुजा वाला या दो भुजा वाला  ? hazār bhujā vālā yā dō bhujā vālā  ? hazār[adj.] bhujā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhujā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? 1000 arm those who or (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) arm those who  ?

49Who could give you greater co­operation: The One with a thousand arms or someone with two arms?

44संगमयुग पर ब्रह्माकुमार वा ब्रह्माकुमारी अकेले नहीं हो सकते . saṅgamyug par brahmākumār vā brahmākumārī akēlē nahī̃ hō saktē . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā brahmākumārī[x] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . confluence age (at|other) Brahma Kumar or Brahma Kumari alone not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

50The Brahma Kumars and Kumaris at the confluence age cannot be alone.

45सिर्फ जब सेवा में , कर्मयोग में बहुत बिजी हो जाते हो ना तो साथ भी भूल जाते हो और फिर थक जाते हो . sirph jab sēvā mē̃ , karmyōg mē̃ bahut busy hō jātē hō nā tō sāth bhī bhūl jātē hō aur phir thak jātē hō . sirph[adj.] jab sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , karmyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut busy hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] thaknā, phathaknā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . only when service in , karma yoga in very busy be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ then with too x[pres.pl.m.2] and (turn[root]|then) become desperate[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

51It is just that you become so busy serving and doing karma yoga, that you forget to take Baba's company and thus become tired.

46फिर कहते हो थक गये , अभी क्या करें  ! phir kahtē hō thak gayē , abhī kyā karē̃  ! phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ! (turn[root]|then) say[pres.pl.m.2] become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , now what do[opt.pl.12hon3]  !

52Then when you are tired, you remember Baba and ask: “What can I do now?”

47थको नहीं , जब बापदादा आपको सदा साथ देने के लिए आये हैं , परमधाम छोड़कर क्यों आये हैं  ? thakō nahī̃ , jab bāpdādā āpkō sadā sāth dēnē kē liē āyē haĩ , paramdhām chhōṛkar kyō̃ āyē haĩ  ? thaknā, phathaknā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] , jab bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kō] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[abs.] kyō̃ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? become desperate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not , when BapDada you[.kō] constantly with give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x renounce[abs.] why come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

53Don't become tired! 54Baba has come to give you His company constantly as you wake up, get up, perform actions, do service and when you go to sleep.

48सोते , जागते , कर्म करते , सेवा करते , साथ देने के लिए ही तो आये हैं . sōtē , jāgtē , karma kartē , sēvā kartē , sāth dēnē kē liē hī tō āyē haĩ . sōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , jāgtā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|jagnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] hī[p.] tō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . sleep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , (ignited|wake up[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) , deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , with give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for only then come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

55Why does Baba leave Paramdham and come here? 56He comes to give you His company.

49ब्रह्मा बाप भी आप सबको सहयोग देने के लिए अव्यक्त बनें . brahmā bāp bhī āp sabkō sahyōg dēnē kē liē avyakt banē̃ . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] avyakt[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . Brahma father too you everything cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for avyakt become[opt.pl.12hon3] .

57To give you co­operation was also the reason why Brahma Baba became avyakt.

50व्यक्त रूप से अव्यक्त रूप में सहयोग देने की रफ्तार बहुत तीव्र है , इसलिए ब्रह्मा बाप ने भी अपना वतन चेंज कर दिया . vyakt rūp sē avyakt rūp mē̃ sahyōg dēnē kī|key raphtār bahut tīvr hai , isliē brahmā bāp nē bhī apnā vatan change kar diyā . vyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] avyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] bahut tīvr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , isliē brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] change karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . x Rup from avyakt Rup in cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed very intense be[pres.sg.23] , therefore Brahma father ∅ too (adopt[root]|one’s own) world change do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .

58The avyakt form’s speed of co­operation is a lot faster than the corporeal’s form. 59This is why Brahma Baba changed his abode.

51तो शिव बाप और ब्रह्मा बाप दोनों हर समय आप सबको सहयोग देने के लिए सदा हाज़र हैं . tō śhiv bāp aur brahmā bāp dōnō̃ har|her samay āp sabkō sahyōg dēnē kē liē sadā hāzar haĩ . tō śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sadā hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Shiva father and Brahma father x (x|x[root]) time you everything cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for constantly present be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

60Shiv Baba and Brahma Baba are both always ready to give you their co­operation. 61As soon as you remember Baba, you experience His co­ operation.

52आपने सोचा बाबा और सहयोग अनुभव करेंगे . āpnē sōchā bābā aur sahyōg anubhav karē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.nē] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bābā aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you[.nē] think[past-part.m.sg.d.] Baba and cooperation experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

62However, you are always only remembering service just service and more service.

53अगर सेवा , सेवा , सेवा सिर्फ वही याद है , बाप को किनारे बैठ देखने के लिए अलग कर देते हो , तो बाप भी साक्षी होकर देखते हैं , देखें कहाँ तक अकेले करते हैं . agar sēvā , sēvā , sēvā sirph vahī yād hai , bāp kō kinārē baiṭh dēkhnē kē liē alag kar dētē hō , tō bāp bhī sākṣhī hōkar dēkhtē haĩ , dēkhē̃ kahā̃ tak akēlē kartē haĩ . agar sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sirph[adj.] vahī yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baiṭhnā[root] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] alag[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kahā̃ tak[x] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . if service , service , service only this remembrance be[pres.sg.23] , father to x sit[root] see[inf.m.pl.,o.] for separate do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , then father too detached observer be[abs.] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[opt.pl.12hon3] to what extent alone do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

63You put Baba aside and make Him observe everything from there. 64Therefore, Baba just watches everything as the detached Observer and sees to what extent you are able to do everything on your own!

54फिर भी आने तो यहाँ ही हैं . phir bhī ānē tō yahā̃ hī haĩ . phir bhī[x] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō yahā̃ hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . nevertheless (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) then here only be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 55तो साथ नहीं छोड़ो . tō sāth nahī̃ chhōṛō . tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then with not renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

65However, you have to still come back here, so don’t leave Baba’s company.

56अपने अधिकार और प्रेम की सूक्ष्म रस्सी से बाँधकर रखो . apnē adhikār aur prēm kī|key sūkṣhma rassī sē bā̃dhakar rakhō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikār[x] aur prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sūkṣhma[adj.] rassī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] x rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own right and love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subtle rope from x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

66Keep Baba tied to you with your right and the subtle thread of your love.

57ढीला छोड़ देते हो . ḍhīlā chhōṛ dētē hō . ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . x renounce[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . 58स्नेह को ढीला कर देते हो , अधिकार को थोड़ा सा स्मृति से किनारा कर देते हो . snēh kō ḍhīlā kar dētē hō , adhikār kō thōṛā sā smr̥iti sē kinārā kar dētē hō . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , adhikār[x] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . love to x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] , right to short x awareness from x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .

67Because this thread becomes a little loose, your love becomes slack and you put aside your rights from your awareness.

59तो ऐसे नहीं करना . tō aisē nahī̃ karnā . tō aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then it isn't that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

68Don't do this any more!

60जब सर्वशक्तिवान साथ का आफर कर रहा है तो ऐसी आफर सारे कल्प में मिलेगी  ? jab sarvśhaktivān sāth kā offer kar rahā hai tō aisī offer sārē kalp mē̃ milēgī  ? jab sarvśhaktivān[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] offer karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] offer sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? when Almighty Authority with of offer do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] then such offer the whole cycle in receive[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

69The Almighty Authority is offering you His company. 70So, do you ever receive such an offer throughout the rest of the whole cycle?

61नहीं मिलेगी ना  ? nahī̃ milēgī nā  ? nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā  ? not receive[fut.f.sg.23] ∅  ?

71You do not, do you?

62तो बापदादा भी साक्षी होकर देखते हैं , अच्छा देखें कहाँ तक अकेले करते हैं  ! tō bāpdādā bhī sākṣhī hōkar dēkhtē haĩ , achchhā dēkhē̃ kahā̃ tak akēlē kartē haĩ  ! tō bāpdādā bhī[p.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kahā̃ tak[x] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ! then BapDada too detached observer be[abs.] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achcha see[opt.pl.12hon3] to what extent alone do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  !

72So, BapDada continues to watch everything as the detached Observer to see to what extent you are able to do everything by yourself.

63तो संगमयुग के सुख और सुहेजों को इमर्ज रखो . tō saṅgamyug kē|K sukh aur suhējō̃ kō emerge rakhō . tō saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur x kō[postp.] emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then confluence age (of|K) happiness and x to emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

73Therefore, keep your happiness and fortune of the confluence age emerged.

64बुद्धि बिजी रहती है ना तो बिजी होने के कारण स्मृति मर्ज हो जाती है . buddhi busy rahtī hai nā tō busy hōnē kē|K kāraṇ smr̥iti merge hō jātī hai . buddhi[n.f.;sg.] busy rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō busy hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] merge hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . intellect busy remain[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then busy be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because awareness merge be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

74Because you are busy, your intellect remains busy elsewhere and your awareness of that also becomes merged.

65आप सोचो सारे दिन में किसी से भी पूछें कि बाप याद रहता है या बाप की याद भूलती है  ? āp sōchō sārē din mē̃ kisī sē bhī pūchhē̃ ki bāp yād rahtā hai yā bāp kī yād bhūltī hai  ? āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā bāp kī yād[x] bhūlnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? you think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] the whole day in (anything|some) from too ask[opt.pl.12hon3] that father remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] or remembrance of the Father forget[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

75Consider this: If you were asked whether you remember the Father or whether you forget Him throughout the day, what would you reply? 76No!

66तो क्या कहेंगे  ? tō kyā kahē̃gē  ? tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 67नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .

77It is right to say that you do remember Him.

68यह तो राइट है कि याद रहता है लेकिन इमर्ज रूप में रहता है या मर्ज रहता है  ? yah tō right hai ki yād rahtā hai lēkin emerge rūp mē̃ rahtā hai yā merge rahtā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] tō right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā merge rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? this then right be[pres.sg.23] that remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] but emerge Rup in remain[pres.sg.m.23] or merge remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

78However, is your remembrance of Him emerged or does it remain merged? 79What is your stage? 80Is your stage that of emerged awareness or merged awareness?

69स्थिति क्या होती है  ? sthiti kyā hōtī hai  ? sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? stage what be[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

81What is the difference between the two?

70इमर्ज रूप की स्थिति या मर्ज रूप की स्थिति , इसमें क्या अन्तर है  ? emerge rūp kī|key sthiti yā merge rūp kī|key sthiti , ismē̃ kyā antar hai  ? emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] yā merge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kyā antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? emerge Rup (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage or merge Rup (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage , this[.mē̃] what difference be[pres.sg.23]  ?

82Pandavas, is there any difference? 83So why is your remembrance not of the emerged awareness?

71इमर्ज रूप में याद क्यों नहीं रखते  ? emerge rūp mē̃ yād kyō̃ nahī̃ rakhtē  ? emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? emerge Rup in remembrance why not keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? 72इमर्ज रूप का नशा शक्ति , सहयोग , सफलता बहुत बड़ी है . emerge rūp kā naśhā śhakti , sahyōg , saphaltā bahut baṛī hai . emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . emerge Rup of intoxication Shakti , cooperation , success very very be[pres.sg.23] .

84The intoxication, power, co­operation and success you receive when your remembrance is emerged is very great.

73याद तो भूल नहीं सकते क्योंकि एक जन्म का नाता नहीं है , चाहे शिव बाप सतयुग में साथ नहीं होगा लेकिन नाता तो यही रहेगा ना  ! yād tō bhūl nahī̃ saktē kyōṅki ēk janm kā nātā nahī̃ hai , chāhē śhiv bāp satyug mē̃ sāth nahī̃ hōgā lēkin nātā tō yahī rahēgā nā  ! yād[n.f.;sg.] tō bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyōṅki ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin nātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! remembrance then (forget[root]|mistake) not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] because one (life|be born[root]) of relationship not be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Shiva father golden age in with not be[fut.m.sg.23] but relationship then this remain[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

85You shouldn’t be able to forget to remember Baba, because your relationship with Him is not just of this one birth. 86Even though Shiv Baba is not with you in the golden age, you would still have the same relationship, would you not?

74भूल नहीं सकता है , यह राइट है . bhūl nahī̃ saktā hai , yah right hai . bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (forget[root]|mistake) not can[pres.sg.m.23] , this right be[pres.sg.23] .

87So, it is right that you cannot forget the Father.

75हाँ कोई विघ्न के वश हो जाते हो तो भूल भी जाता है लेकिन वैसे जब नेचरल रूप में रहते हो तो भूलता नहीं है लेकिन मर्ज रहता है . hā̃ kōī vighna kē|K vaśh hō jātē hō tō bhūl bhī jātā hai lēkin vaisē jab natural rūp mē̃ rahtē hō tō bhūltā nahī̃ hai lēkin merge rahtā hai . hā̃ kōī[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśh[x] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jab natural rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin merge rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . yes some obstacle (of|K) control be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then (forget[root]|mistake) too go[pres.sg.m.23] but x when natural Rup in remain[pres.pl.m.2] then forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] but merge remain[pres.sg.m.23] .

88Yes, it’s true that sometimes you may become influenced by some obstruction and may forget Baba. 89However, when you are in your natural stage, you don’t forget Baba but your remembrance becomes merged.

76इसलिए बापदादा कहते हैं - बार-बार चेक करो कि साथ का अनुभव मर्ज रूप में है या इमर्ज रूप में  ? isliē bāpdādā kahtē haĩ - bār-bār check karō ki sāth kā anubhav merge rūp mē̃ hai yā emerge rūp mē̃  ? isliē bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - bār[n.f.;sg.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] merge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.]  ? therefore BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - time check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that with of experience merge Rup in be[pres.sg.23] or emerge Rup in  ?

90This is why BapDada tells you to examine yourself again and again to see whether you experience Baba's company in a merged form or an emerged form.

77प्यार तो है ही . pyār tō hai hī . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . love then be[pres.sg.23] only .

91You do have love for Baba.

78प्यार टूट सकता है  ? pyār ṭūṭ saktā hai  ? pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭūṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? love break[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

92Can your love be broken?

79नहीं टूट सकता है ना  ? nahī̃ ṭūṭ saktā hai nā  ? nahī̃[neg] ṭūṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā  ? not break[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅  ?

93Pandavas, can it be broken? 94Yes or no?

80तो प्यार जब टूट नहीं सकता तो प्यार का फायदा तो उठाओ . tō pyār jab ṭūṭ nahī̃ saktā tō pyār kā phāydā tō uṭhāō . tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab ṭūṭ[n.f.;sg.]|ṭūṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then love when (x|break[root]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then love of profit then uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

95It cannot break, can it? 96So, since your love cannot break, take the benefit of that love.

81फायदा उठाने का तरीका सीखो . phāydā uṭhānē kā tarīkā sīkhō . fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sīkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . profit uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] of method learn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

97Learn how to take this benefit.

82बापदादा देखते हैं प्यार ने ही बाप का बनाया है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ pyār nē hī bāp kā banāyā hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] love ∅ only father of create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

98BapDada sees that it is this love that has made you belong to the Father.

83प्यार ही मधुबन निवासी बनाता है . pyār hī madhuban nivāsī banātā hai . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] . love only Madhuban resident create[pres.sg.m.23] .

99It is this love that makes you into residents of Madhuban.

84चाहे अपने स्थान पर कैसे भी रहें , कितना भी मेहनत करें लेकिन फिर भी मधुबन में पहुँच जाते हैं . chāhē apnē sthān par kaisē bhī rahē̃ , kitnā bhī mēhnat karē̃ lēkin phir bhī madhuban mē̃ pahũch jātē haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin phir bhī[x] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) one’s own place (at|other) how too remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , so too effort do[opt.pl.12hon3] but nevertheless Madhuban in reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

100No matter what your situation is like at your own place, no matter how much effort you make there, you still come to Madhuban.

85बापदादा जानते हैं , देखते हैं , कई बच्चों को कलियुगी सरकमस्टांश होने के कारण टिकिट लेना भी मुश्किल है परन्तु प्यार पहुँचा ही देता है . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ , dēkhtē haĩ , kaī bachchō̃ kō kaliyugī circumstance hōnē kē|K kāraṇ ticket lēnā bhī muśhkil hai parantu pyār pahuñchā hī dētā hai . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kaliyugī[adj.] circumstance hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ticket lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] parantu[conj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchānā[root]|pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some child to iron-aged circumstances be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because x take[inf.m.sg.d.] too difficult be[pres.sg.23] however love (cause to reach[root]|reach[past-part.m.sg.d.]) only give[pres.sg.m.23] .

101BapDada knows and can see that, because of the iron­aged circumstances, many children find it very difficult to buy a ticket. 102However, their love makes them come here.

86ऐसे है ना  ? aisē hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

103It is like this, is it not?

87प्यार में पहुँच जाते हैं लेकिन सरकमस्टांश तो दिन प्रतिदिन बढ़ते ही जाते हैं . pyār mē̃ pahũch jātē haĩ lēkin circumstance tō din pratidin baṛhtē hī jātē haĩ . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] lēkin circumstance tō din[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratidin baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . love in reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] but circumstances then day day by day grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

104You reach here because of your love for Baba. 105But these circumstances continue to increase day by day.

88सच्ची दिल पर साहेब राज़ी तो होता ही है . sachchī dil par sāhēb rāzī tō hōtā hī hai . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sāhēb[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāzī[adj.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . true heart (at|other) x pleased then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 89लेकिन स्थूल सहयोग भी कहाँ-न-कहाँ कैसे भी मिल जाता है . lēkin sthūl sahyōg bhī kahā̃-n-kahā̃ kaisē bhī mil jātā hai . lēkin sthūl[adj.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] x kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . but physical cooperation too x how too receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

106The Lord is pleased with an honest heart, but you do also receive physical co­operation from somewhere or another in some form or another.

90चाहे डबल फॉरेनर्स हों , चाहे भारतवासी , सबको यह बाप का प्यार सरकमस्टांश की दीवार पार करा लेता है . chāhē double foreigners hō̃ , chāhē bhāratvāsī , sabkō yah bāp kā pyār circumstance kī|key dīvār pār karā lētā hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] double foreigner hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhāratvāsī[adj.] , sabkō yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] circumstance karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dīvār[n.f.;sg.] pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) double foreigner be[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) people of Bharat , everything this father of love circumstances (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wall across make commit[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .

107Whether you are double foreigners or whether you reside in Bharat, your love for Baba enables you to go across any barrier of circumstances.

91ऐसे है ना  ? aisē hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

108It is like this, is it not?

92अपने-अपने सेन्टर्स पर देखो तो ऐसे बच्चे भी हैं जो यहाँ से जाते हैं , सोचते हैं पता नहीं दूसरे वर्ष आ सकेंगे या नहीं आ सकेंगे लेकिन फिर भी पहुंच जाते हैं . apnē-apnē centres par dēkhō tō aisē bachchē bhī haĩ jō yahā̃ sē jātē haĩ , sōchtē haĩ patā nahī̃ dūsrē varṣh ā sakē̃gē yā nahī̃ ā sakē̃gē lēkin phir bhī pahuñch jātē haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] yahā̃ sē[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] yā nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] lēkin phir bhī[x] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . one’s own centre (at|other) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then such child too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that here from go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] knowledge not other year come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] or not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] but nevertheless reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

109Look at your own centres and you can see such children. 110They leave here wondering whether they’ll be able to come here next year or not. 111Although they wonder whether they’ll be able to come here next year or not, they do come here.

93यह है प्यार का सबूत . yah hai pyār kā sabūt . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] love of x .

112This is the proof of their love.

94अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

113Achcha.

95आज होली मनाई  ? āj hōlī|holy manāī  ? āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.]  ? today (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.]  ?

114Today, you celebrated Holi.

96मना ली होली  ? manā lī hōlī|holy  ? manānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.]  ? celebrate[past-part.f..root+lēnā] (Holi|holy)  ?

115Did you celebrate Holi?

97बापदादा तो होली मनाने वाले होली हंसों को देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā tō hōlī|holy manānē vālē hōlī|holy hansō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hans[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada then (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (Holi|holy) swan to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

116BapDada is seeing the holy swans who are celebrating Holi.

98सभी बच्चों का एक ही टाइटल है होलीएस्ट . sabhī bachchō̃ kā ēk hī title hai holiest . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] holiest[adj.] . all child of one only title be[pres.sg.23] holiest .

117All of you children have the same title, "The Holiest.”

99द्वापर से लेकर किसी भी धर्मात्मा या महात्मा ने सर्व को होलीएस्ट नहीं बनाया है . dvāpar sē lēkar kisī bhī dharmātmā yā mahātmā nē sarv kō holiest nahī̃ banāyā hai . dvāpar sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] dharm-ātmā[adj.] yā mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] holiest[adj.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . copper age from take[abs.] (anything|some) too x or great soul ∅ all to holiest not create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

118From the copper age onwards, no righteous or great soul has made everyone else the holiest.

100स्वयं बनते हैं लेकिन अपने फॉलोअर्स को , साथियों को होलीएस्ट , पवित्र नहीं बनाते और यहाँ पवित्रता ब्राह्मण जीवन का मुख्य आधार है . svayã bantē haĩ lēkin apnē followers kō , sāthiyō̃ kō holiest , pavitra nahī̃ banātē aur yahā̃ pavitratā brāhmaṇ jīvan kā mukhya ādhār hai . svayã bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] follower kō[postp.] , sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] holiest[adj.] , pavitr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur yahā̃ pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukhya[adj.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but one’s own follower to , companion to holiest , pure not create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and here purity Brahmin life of main basis be[pres.sg.23] . 101पढ़ाई भी क्या है  ? paṛhāī bhī kyā hai  ? paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? (teach[past-part.f.]|study) too what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

119They themselves become holy, but they are not that now. 120However, they do not make their followers or their companions the holiest or pure. 121Whereas here, purity is the foundation of your Brahmin life.

102आपका स्लोगन भी है ‘ ‘ पवित्र बनो-योगी बनो ’ ’ . āpkā slōgan bhī hai ‘ ‘ pavitra banō-yōgī banō ’ ’ . āp[pn.pl.kā] slogan bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ‘ ‘ pavitr[adj.] x bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ’ ’ . you[.kā] slogan too be[pres.sg.23] ‘ ‘ pure x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ’ ’ .

122What is the foundation of your study? 123Your slogan is: Be holy, be yogi!

103स्लोगन है ना  ? slōgan hai nā  ? slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? slogan be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

124You have this slogan, do you not?

104पवित्रता ही महानता है . pavitratā hī mahāntā hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] mahāntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity only x be[pres.sg.23] .

125Purity is your greatness.

105पवित्रता ही योगी जीवन का आधार है . pavitratā hī yōgī jīvan kā ādhār hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] yōgī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity only yogi life of basis be[pres.sg.23] .

126Purity is the basis of your yogi life.

106कभी-कभी बच्चे अनुभव करते हैं कि अगर चलते-चलते मन्सा में भी अपवित्रता अर्थात् वेस्ट वा निगेटिव , परचिन्तन के संकल्प चलते हैं तो कितना भी योग पावरफुल चाहते हैं , लेकिन होता नहीं है क्योंकि ज़रा भी अंशमात्र संकल्प में भी किसी प्रकार की अपवित्रता है तो जहाँ अपवित्रता का अंश है वहाँ पवित्र बाप की याद जो है , जैसा है वैसे नहीं आ सकती . kabhī-kabhī bachchē anubhav kartē haĩ ki agar chaltē-chaltē mansā mē̃ bhī apavitratā arthāt west|waste vā negative , parchintan kē|K saṅkalp chaltē haĩ tō kitnā bhī yōg powerful chāhtē haĩ , lēkin hōtā nahī̃ hai kyōṅki zarā bhī aṅśhmātra saṅkalp mē̃ bhī kisī prakār kī|key apavitratā hai tō jahā̃ apavitratā kā aṅśh hai vahā̃ pavitra bāp kī yād jō hai , jaisā hai vaisē nahī̃ ā saktī . kabhī[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] agar chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mansā mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt west|waste vā negative , parchintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] powerful chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki zarā bhī[p.] aṅśhmātra saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jahā̃ apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ pavitr[adj.] bāp kī yād[x] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . ever child experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that if continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] through the mind in too impurity that is (west|waste) or negative , thinking about others (of|K) thought continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then so too yoga powerful x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] because x too x thought in too (anything|some) form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) impurity be[pres.sg.23] then where there impurity of trace be[pres.sg.23] there pure remembrance of the Father that be[pres.sg.23] , like be[pres.sg.23] x not come[root] can[pres-part.f.] . 107जैसे दिन और रात इकठ्ठा नहीं होता . jaisē din aur rāt ikaṭhṭhā nahī̃ hōtā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rāt[n.f.;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . like day and night together not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

127Sometimes children, whilst moving along, if you experience some impurity in your mind, if you have wasteful or negative thoughts of others, then, no matter how much you want to have powerful yoga, are you able to do so?. 128If there is even the slightest trace of impurity in your thoughts, then just as day and night cannot stay together, so too, because of that trace of impurity, you cannot have the remembrance of the pure Father as He is and what He is.

108इसीलिए बापदादा वर्तमान समय पवित्रता के ऊपर बार-बार अटेन्शन दिलाते हैं . isīliē bāpdādā vartamān samay pavitratā kē ūpar bār-bār attention dilātē haĩ . isīliē bāpdādā vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kē ūpar[x] bār[n.f.;sg.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x BapDada present time purity over time attention x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

129This is why BapDada repeatedly draws your attention to purity at the present time.

109कुछ समय पहले बापदादा सिर्फ कर्म में अपवित्रता के लिए इशारा देते थे लेकिन अभी समय सम्पूर्णता के समीप आ रहा है इसलिए मन्सा में भी अपवित्रता का अंश धोखा दे देगा . kuchh samay pahlē bāpdādā sirph karma mē̃ apavitratā kē liē iśhārā dētē thē lēkin abhī samay sampūrṇtā kē|K samīp ā rahā hai isliē mansā mē̃ bhī apavitratā kā aṅśh dhōkhā dē dēgā . kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bāpdādā sirph[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[hab-past.pl.m.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampūrṇtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] isliē mansā mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] . anything time (x|firstly) BapDada only deed in impurity for signal give[hab-past.pl.m.] but now time perfection (of|K) close come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] therefore through the mind in too impurity of trace deception give[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] .

130Up to a short time ago, Baba would only signal you about purity just in action. 131However, now that the time of the finale is coming closer, even the slightest trace of impurity in your thoughts will deceive you.

110तो मन्सा , वाचा , कर्मणा , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क सबमें पवित्रता अति आवश्यक है . tō mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , sambandh-sampark sabmē̃ pavitratā ati āvaśhyak hai . tō mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabmē̃ pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] ati āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then through the mind , x , x , x x purity x x be[pres.sg.23] . 111मन्सा को हल्का नहीं करना क्योंकि मन्सा बाहर से दिखाई नहीं देती है लेकिन मन्सा धोखा बहुत देती है . mansā kō halkā nahī̃ karnā kyōṅki mansā bāhar sē dikhāī nahī̃ dētī hai lēkin mansā dhōkhā bahut dētī hai . mansā kō[postp.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki mansā bāhar sē[postp.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin mansā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . through the mind to light not do[inf.m.sg.d.] because through the mind outside from (x[past-part.f.]|x) not give[pres.sg.f.23] but through the mind deception very give[pres.sg.f.23] .

132Therefore, purity is completely essential in everything: in your thoughts, words, actions, connections and relationships. 133Just because your thoughts are not apparent, your mind must not become slack about this.

112ब्राह्मण जीवन का जो आन्तरिक वर्सा सदा सुख स्वरूप , शान्त स्वरूप , मन की सन्तुष्टता है , उसका अनुभव करने के लिए मन्सा की पवित्रता चाहिए . brāhmaṇ jīvan kā jō āntarik varsā sadā sukh svarūp , śhānt svarūp , man kī|key santuṣhṭatā hai , uskā anubhav karnē kē liē mansā kī|key pavitratā chāhiē . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] āntarik[adj.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānt svarūp[x] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kā] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] mansā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . Brahmin life of that internal inheritance constantly happiness form , I, a soul, am a being of peace , mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) contentment be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kā] experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for through the mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) purity (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

134Your thoughts can be very deceitful towards you. 135The internal inheritance of Brahmin life is to constantly be the embodiment of happiness and peace and to have contentment in your mind.

113बाहर के साधनों द्वारा या सेवा द्वारा अपने आपको खुश करना - यह भी अपने को धोखा देना है . bāhar kē|K sādhanō̃ dvārā yā sēvā dvārā apnē āpkō khuśh karnā - yah bhī apnē kō dhōkhā dēnā hai . bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā yā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] khuśh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . outside (of|K) facilities through or service through one’s own you[.kō] happy do[inf.m.sg.d.] - this too one’s own to deception give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

136To make yourself happy with external facilities or through service is to deceive yourself.

114बापदादा देखते हैं कभी-कभी बच्चे अपने को इसी आधार पर अच्छा समझ , खुश समझ धोखा दे देते हैं , दे भी रहे हैं . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ kabhī-kabhī bachchē apnē kō isī ādhār par achchhā samajh , khuśh samajh dhōkhā dē dētē haĩ , dē bhī rahē haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kabhī[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.hī] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] , khuśh[adj.] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ever child one’s own to this[.hī] basis (at|other) achcha (understanding|understand[root]) , happy (understanding|understand[root]) deception give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

137BapDada sees that sometimes, children deceive themselves on this basis by considering themselves to be very good and happy. 138They continue to deceive themselves.

115दे देते हैं और दे भी रहे हैं , यह भी एक गु ¿ राज़ है . dē dētē haĩ aur dē bhī rahē haĩ , yah bhī ēk gu ¿ rāz hai . dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] aur dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] x ¿ rāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] and (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , this too one x ¿ secret be[pres.sg.23] .

139This is also a deep secret. 140Baba is the Bestower and you are the children of the Bestower.

116क्या होता है , बाप दाता है , दाता के बच्चे हैं , तो सेवा युक्तियुक्त नहीं भी है , मिक्स है , कुछ याद और कुछ बाहर के साधनों वा खुशी के आधार पर है , दिल के आधार पर नहीं लेकिन दिमाग के आधार पर सेवा करते हैं तो सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष फल उन्हों को भी मिलता है  ; क्योंकि बाप दाता है और वह उसी में ही खुश रहते हैं कि वाह हमको तो फल मिल गया , हमारी अच्छी सेवा है . kyā hōtā hai , bāp dātā hai , dātā kē|K bachchē haĩ , tō sēvā yuktiyukt nahī̃ bhī hai , mix hai , kuchh yād aur kuchh bāhar kē|K sādhanō̃ vā khuśhī kē|K ādhār par hai , dil kē|K ādhār par nahī̃ lēkin dimāg kē|K ādhār par sēvā kartē haĩ tō sēvā kā pratyakṣha phal unhō̃ kō bhī miltā hai  ; kyōṅki bāp dātā hai aur vah usī mē̃ hī khuśh rahtē haĩ ki vāh hamkō tō phal mil gayā , hamārī achchhī sēvā hai . kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yuktiyukt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mix hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kuchh yād[n.f.;sg.] aur kuchh[x] bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] vā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ; kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] vāh ham[pn.pl.kō] tō phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ham[pn.pl.kī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . what be[pres.sg.m.23] , father bestower be[pres.sg.23] , bestower (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then service tactful not too be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] , anything remembrance x outside (of|K) facilities or happiness (of|K) basis (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] , heart (of|K) basis (at|other) not but head (of|K) basis (at|other) service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then service of visible fruit that to too receive[pres.sg.m.23]  ; because father bestower be[pres.sg.23] and that that[.hī] in only happy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that wah! we[.kō] then fruit receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , we[.kī] achcha service be[pres.sg.23] .

141Sometimes, your service is not yuktiyukt, but mixed; some of it is accomplished with remembrance and some of it is accomplished on the basis of your external facilities and your happiness; it is not from your heart but from your head. 142Then since Baba is the Bestower, you also receive the practical fruit of your service. 143You become happy and think that because your service was very good you have received the fruit of that. 144However, you don't experience that happiness all the time.

117लेकिन वह मन की सन्तुष्टता सदाकाल नहीं रहती और आत्मा योगयुक्त पावरफुल याद का अनुभव नहीं कर सकती , उससे वंचित रह जाते . lēkin vah man kī|key santuṣhṭatā sadākāl nahī̃ rahtī aur ātmā yōgyukt powerful yād kā anubhav nahī̃ kar saktī , ussē vañchit rah jātē . lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] sadākāl nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.f.] aur ātmā[n.f.;sg.] yōgyukt[x] powerful yād[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] , vah[pn.sg.sē] vañchit[adj.] rahnā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . but that mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) contentment x not remain[pres-part.f.] and soul yogyukt powerful remembrance of experience not do[root] can[pres-part.f.] , that[.sē] deprived remain[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

145Your mind is unable to experience contentment, nor can your stage remain powerfully yogyukt. 146You deprive yourself of this experience. 147It isn't that you don't receive anything.

118बाकी कुछ भी नहीं मिलता हो , ऐसा नहीं है . bākī kuchh bhī nahī̃ miltā hō , aisā nahī̃ hai . bākī|bākī kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] milnā[x] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) anything not receive[x] , such not be[pres.sg.23] . 119कुछ-न-कुछ मिलता है लेकिन जमा नहीं होता . kuchh-na-kuchh miltā hai lēkin jamā nahī̃ hōtā . kuchh-na-kuchh milnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . to some extent receive[pres.sg.m.23] but (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

148You definitely do receive something or another, but you are unable to accumulate anything.

120कमाया , खाया और खत्म . kamāyā , khāyā aur khatm . kamānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur ḵẖatm[adj.] . earn[past-part.m.sg.d.] , eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] and finished .

149You eat and finish whatever you earn!

121इसलिए यह भी अटेन्शन रखना . isliē yah bhī attention rakhnā . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore this too attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

150This is why you should pay attention to this.

122सेवा बहुत अच्छी कर रहे हैं , फल भी अच्छा मिल गया , तो खाया और खत्म . sēvā bahut achchhī kar rahē haĩ , phal bhī achchhā mil gayā , tō khāyā aur khatm . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , tō khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur ḵẖatm[adj.] . service very achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , fruit too achcha receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , then eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] and finished . 123जमा क्या हुआ  ? jamā kyā huā  ? jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) what be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

151You serve very well and so you receive very good fruit for that. 152However, if you simply eat and finish it all what do you accumulate?

124अच्छी सेवा की , अच्छी रिज़ल्ट निकली , लेकिन वह सेवा का फल मिला , जमा नहीं होता . achchhī sēvā kī|key , achchhī result nikalī , lēkin vah sēvā kā phal milā , jamā nahī̃ hōtā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result nikalnā[past-part.f.] , lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , achcha result be extracted[past-part.f.] , but that service of fruit (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

153You do good service very well and have a good result, but you don’t accumulate any fruit of the service you do.

125इसलिए जमा करने की विधि है - मन्सा , वाचा , कर्मणा - पवित्रता . isliē jamā karnē kī|key vidhi hai - mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā - pavitratā . isliē jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā - pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . therefore (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method be[pres.sg.23] - through the mind , x , x - purity .

154The way to accumulate the fruit is to have purity in your thoughts, words and actions.

126फाउण्डेशन पवित्रता है . foundation pavitratā hai . foundation pavitratā hai[x] . the foundation is purity .

155Your foundation is purity.

127सेवा में भी फाउण्डेशन पवित्रता है . sēvā mē̃ bhī foundation pavitratā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] foundation pavitratā hai[x] . service in too the foundation is purity .

156In service too, the foundation is purity.

128स्वच्छ हो , साफ हो . svachchha hō , sāph hō . svachchh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sāph[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . pure (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , clean (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

157It should be clean and clear.

129और कोई भी भाव मिक्स नहीं हो . aur kōī bhī bhāv mix nahī̃ hō . aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mix nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . someone else too consciousness x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

158There should be no other motives within it.

130भाव में भी पवित्रता , भावना में भी पवित्रता . bhāv mē̃ bhī pavitratā , bhāvnā mē̃ bhī pavitratā . bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] , bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . consciousness in too purity , feeling in too purity .

159There has to be purity in your motives and your feelings.

131होली का अर्थ ही है - पवित्रता . hōlī|holy kā arth|earth hī hai - pavitratā . hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . (Holi|holy) of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] - purity .

160Holi means purity and to burn all impurity.

132अपवित्रता को जलाना . apavitratā kō jalānā . apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . impurity to burn[inf.m.sg.d.] . 133इसीलिए पहले जलाते हैं फिर मनाते हैं और फिर पवित्र बन संस्कार मिलन मनाते हैं . isīliē pahlē jalātē haĩ phir manātē haĩ aur phir pavitra ban saṅskār milan manātē haĩ . isīliē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] pavitr[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saṅskār milan[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x (x|firstly) burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and (turn[root]|then) pure (x|become[root]) harmonisation of sanskaras celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

161This is why during Holi people first burn and then celebrate. 162You become pure and celebrate the harmonisation of your sanskars. 163Holi means to burn and to celebrate.

134तो होली का अर्थ ही है - जलाना , मनाना . tō hōlī|holy kā arth|earth hī hai - jalānā , manānā . tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - jalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (Holi|holy) of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] - burn[inf.m.sg.d.] , celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] . 135बाहर वाले तो गले मिलते हैं लेकिन यहाँ संस्कार मिलन , यही मंगल मिलन है . bāhar vālē tō galē miltē haĩ lēkin yahā̃ saṅskār milan , yahī maṅgal milan hai . bāhar vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin yahā̃ saṅskār milan[x] , yahī[pn.;d.] maṅgal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . outside those who then (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but here harmonisation of sanskaras , this auspicious meeting be[pres.sg.23] .

164When people of the world outside meet, they embrace one another, whereas here, you have an auspicious meeting and harmonise your sanskars. 165So, did you celebrate Holi in this way?

136तो ऐसी होली मनाई या सिर्फ डांस कर ली  ? tō aisī hōlī|holy manāī yā sirph dance kar lī  ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] yā sirph[adj.] dance karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā]  ? then such (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] or only dance do[past-part.f..root+lēnā]  ?

166Or, did you just dance and sprinkle rose water?

137गुलाबजल डाल दिया  ? gulābjal ḍāl diyā  ? gulābjal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]  ? rose water create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]  ?

167That is good!

138वह भी अच्छा है खूब मनाओ . vah bhī achchhā hai khūb manāō . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] khūb[adj.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too achcha be[pres.sg.23] a lot celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

168You may celebrate as much as you want.

139बापदादा खुश होते हैं गुलाबजल भले डालो , डांस भले करो लेकिन सदा डांस करो . bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ gulābjal bhalē ḍālō , dance bhalē karō lēkin sadā dance karō . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] gulābjal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dance bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sadā dance karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] rose water benefit create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dance benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but constantly dance do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

169BapDada is pleased to see you sprinkling as much rose water as you want. 170You may also dance, but dance constantly.

140सिर्फ 5-10 मिनट की डांस नहीं . sirph 5-10 minute kī|key dance nahī̃ . sirph[adj.] 5-10 minute karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dance nahī̃[neg] . only 5-10 minute (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dance not .

171Don't just dance for five to ten minutes.

141एक-दो में गुणों का वायब्रेशन फैलाना - यह गुलाबजल डालना है . ēk-dō mē̃ guṇō̃ kā vibration phailānā - yah gulābjal ḍālnā hai . ēk-dō mē̃[postp.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration phailānā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] gulābjal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . one another in virtue of vibrations spread[inf.m.sg.d.] - this rose water create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

172To spread the vibrations of virtues over one another is to sprinkle rose water.

142और जलाने को तो आप जानते ही हो , क्या जलाना है  ! aur jalānē kō tō āp jāntē hī hō , kyā jalānā hai  ! aur jalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] tō āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kyā jalānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ! and burn[inf.m.pl.,o.] to then you know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , what burn[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ! 143अभी तक भी जलाते रहते हो . abhī tak bhī jalātē rahtē hō . ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . now until too burn[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

173You know what you have to burn. 174You continue to burn this and you are even now burning it.

144हर वर्ष हाथ उठाकर जाते हैं , बस दृढ़ संकल्प हो गया . har|her varṣh hāth uṭhākar jātē haĩ , bas dr̥iṛh saṅkalp hō gayā . har|harnā[root]|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , basnā[root]|bas dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (x|x[root]) year hand uplift[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[root]|simply) determined thought be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

175Every year, you raise your hands to say that you have a determined thought.

145बापदादा खुश होते हैं , हिम्मत तो रखते हैं . bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ , himmat tō rakhtē haĩ . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , courage then keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

176BapDada is pleased to see that at least you stay courageous.

146तो हिम्मत पर बापदादा मुबारक भी देते हैं . tō himmat par bāpdādā mubārak bhī dētē haĩ . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then courage (at|other) BapDada congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

177So, BapDada congratulates you for your courage.

147हिम्मत रखना भी पहला कदम है . himmat rakhnā bhī pahlā kadam hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage keep[inf.m.sg.d.] too x step be[pres.sg.23] .

178To stay courageous is the first step.

148लेकिन बापदादा की शुभ आशा क्या है  ? lēkin bāpdādā kī|key śhubh āśhā kyā hai  ? lēkin bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhubh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? but BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) pure and positive desire what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

179However, what is BapDada's pure desire?

149समय की डेट नहीं देखो . samay kī|key date nahī̃ dēkhō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key date nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) date not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

180Do not look at the date.

1502 हज़ार में होगा , 2001 में होगा , 2005 में होगा , यह नहीं सोचो . 2 hazār mē̃ hōgā , 2001 mē̃ hōgā , 2005 mē̃ hōgā , yah nahī̃ sōchō . 2 hazār[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , 2001 mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , 2005 mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 2 1000 in be[fut.m.sg.23] , 2001 in be[fut.m.sg.23] , 2005 in be[fut.m.sg.23] , this not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

181Don't wonder whether it’s going to happen in 2000, 2001 or 2005. OK, you may not become ever­ready.

151चलो एवररेडी नहीं भी बनो इसको भी बापदादा छोड़ देते हैं , लेकिन सोचो बहुतकाल के संस्कार तो चाहिए ना  ! chalō ever ready nahī̃ bhī banō iskō bhī bāpdādā chhōṛ dētē haĩ , lēkin sōchō bahutkāl kē|K saṅskār tō chāhiē nā  ! chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ever ready nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] bāpdādā chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , lēkin sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā  ! continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ever-ready not too become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this[.kō] too BapDada renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , but think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] a long period of time (of|K) sanskar then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅  !

182BapDada allows you this. 183But you must remember that you need those sanskars for a long period of time, do you not?

152आप लोग ही सुनाते हो कि बहुतकाल का पुरूषार्थ , बहुतकाल के राज्य-अधिकारी बनाता है . āp lōg hī sunātē hō ki bahutkāl kā purūṣhārth , bahutkāl kē|K rājya-adhikārī banātā hai . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth , bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājya adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] . you people only speak[pres.pl.m.2] that a long period of time of effort , a long period of time (of|K) master create[pres.sg.m.23] .

184When you speak of this you say that the effort you make for a long period of time enables the kingdom you claim to last for a long period of time.

153अगर समय आने पर दृढ़ संकल्प किया , तो वह बहुतकाल हुआ या अल्पकाल हुआ  ? agar samay ānē par dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kiyā , tō vah bahutkāl huā yā alpkāl huā  ? agar samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bahutkāl hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? if time (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (at|other) determined thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then that a long period of time be[past-part.m.sg.d.] or temporary period be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

185Does the determined action you have last for a long period of time or is it just temporary?

154किसमें गिनती होगा  ? kismē̃ gintī hōgā  ? kaun[pn.sg.mē̃] ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? who[.mē̃] (x[pres-part.f.]|x) be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

186In which column would you put this?

155अल्पकाल में होगा ना  ! alpkāl mē̃ hōgā nā  ! alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! temporary period in be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

187It would be of a temporary period.

156तो अविनाशी बाप से वर्सा क्या लिया  ? tō avināśhī bāp sē varsā kyā liyā  ? tō avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then imperishable father from inheritance what take[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? 157अल्पकाल का . alpkāl kā . alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . temporary period of .

188The Father is imperishable but what inheritance do you claim from Him?

158यह अच्छा लगता है  ? yah achchhā lagtā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? this enjoy  ?

189That of a temporary period!

159नहीं लगता है ना  ! nahī̃ lagtā hai nā  ! nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! not x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

190So, would you like this?

160तो बहुतकाल का अभ्यास चाहिए , कितना काल है वह नहीं सोचो , जितना बहुतकाल का अभ्यास होगा , उतना अन्त में भी धोखा नहीं खायेंगे . tō bahutkāl kā abhyās chāhiē , kitnā kāl hai vah nahī̃ sōchō , jitnā bahutkāl kā abhyās hōgā , utnā ant mē̃ bhī dhōkhā nahī̃ khāyēṅgē . tō bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kal hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then a long period of time of practice (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , so x be[pres.sg.23] that not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the more a long period of time of practice be[fut.m.sg.23] , x end in too deception not eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

191You would not, would you? 192Therefore, don't worry about how long a long period lasts for. 193The more you practise this over a long period of time, the less you will be deceived at the end.

161बहुतकाल का अभ्यास नहीं तो अभी के बहुतकाल के सुख , बहुतकाल की श्रेष्ठ स्थिति के अनुभव से भी वंचित हो जाते हैं . bahutkāl kā abhyās nahī̃ tō abhī kē|K bahutkāl kē|K sukh , bahutkāl kī|key śhrēṣhṭh sthiti kē|K anubhav sē bhī vañchit hō jātē haĩ . bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃ tō[x] ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bahutkāl karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] vañchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . a long period of time of practice otherwise now (of|K) a long period of time (of|K) happiness , a long period of time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) elevated stage (of|K) experience from too deprived be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 162इसलिए क्या करना है  ? isliē kyā karnā hai  ? isliē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? therefore what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

194If you don't practise this, you deprive yourself of the present happiness and the elevated stage of a long period.

163बहुतकाल करना है  ? bahutkāl karnā hai  ? bahutkāl karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? a long period of time do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

195So what must you do?

164अगर किसी के भी बुद्धि में डेट का इन्तजार हो तो इन्तज़ार नहीं करना , इन्तज़ाम करो . agar kisī kē|K bhī buddhi mē̃ date kā intjār hō tō intzār nahī̃ karnā , intzām karō . agar kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] date kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if (anything|some) (of|K) too intellect in date of wait (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then wait not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , preparations do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

196If you are waiting for the date, stop waiting and start preparing!. 197Prepare yourself for a long period of time!

165बहुतकाल का इन्तज़ाम करो . bahutkāl kā intzām karō . bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intzām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . a long period of time of preparations do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

198You have to bring the date.

166डेट को भी आपको लाना है . date kō bhī āpkō lānā hai . date kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . date to too you[.kō] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

199Time is ever­ready even now.

167समय तो अभी भी एवररेडी है , कल भी हो सकता है लेकिन समय आपके लिए रूका हुआ है . samay tō abhī bhī ever ready hai , kal bhī hō saktā hai lēkin samay āpkē liē rūkā huā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ever ready hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kal bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] lēkin samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ruknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . time then now too ever-ready be[pres.sg.23] , x too be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] but time you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) stop[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

200Even tomorrow it could do what it wants. 201However, time is waiting for you.

168आप सम्पन्न बनो तो समय का पर्दा अवश्य हटना ही है . āp sampann banō tō samay kā pardā avaśhya haṭnā hī hai . āp[pn.pl.] sampann[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] avaśhya haṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you full become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then time of curtains x move backwards[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

202As soon as you become ready, the curtains of time will open.

169आपके रोकने से रूका हुआ है . āpkē rōknē sē rūkā huā hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] rōknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ruknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you[.kē] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from stop[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

203Time is still waiting for you.

170राज्य-अधिकारी तो तैयार हो ना  ? rājya-adhikārī tō taiyār hō nā  ? rājya adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ? master then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  ?

204You masters of the kingdom are ready, are you not?

171तख़्त तो खाली नहीं रहना चाहिए ना  ! taḵẖta tō khālī nahī̃ rahnā chāhiē nā  ! x tō khālī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] nā  ! x then empty not (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) ∅  !

205The throne should not remain unoccupied should it?

172क्या अकेला विश्वराजन तख़्त पर बैठेगा  ! kyā akēlā viśhvarājan taḵẖta par baiṭhēgā  ! kyā akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhva-rājan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! what alone world emperor x (at|other) sit[fut.m.sg.23]  !

206What could a world emperor sitting alone on the throne do by himself?

173इससे शोभा होगी क्या  ? issē śhōbhā hōgī kyā  ? yah[pn.sg.sē] śhōbhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] kyā  ? this[.sē] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.f.sg.23] what  ?

207Would that seem right?

174रॉयल फैमिली चाहिए , प्रजा चाहिए , सब चाहिए . royal family chāhiē , prajā chāhiē , sab chāhiē . royal family[x] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , sab[adj.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . royal family (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , x (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , all (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

208He would need all of his royal family and subjects.

175सिर्फ विश्वराजन तख़्त पर बैठ जाए , देखता रहे कहाँ गई मेरी रॉयल फैमिली . sirph viśhvarājan taḵẖta par baiṭh jāē , dēkhtā rahē kahā̃ gaī mērī royal family . sirph[adj.] viśhva-rājan[n.m.;sg.,d.] x par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , dēkhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] kahā̃ jānā[past-part.f.] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] royal family[x] . only world emperor x (at|other) sit[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , see[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] where go[past-part.f.] I[.kī] royal family .

209The master of the kingdom cannot just sit by himself on the throne. 210He would be wondering where his royal family is.

176इसलिए बापदादा की एक ही शुभ आशा है कि सब बच्चे चाहे नये हैं , चाहे पुराने हैं , जो भी अपने को ब्रह्माकुमारी या ब्रह्माकुमार कहलाते हैं , चाहे मधुबन निवासी , चाहे विदेश निवासी , चाहे भारत निवासी - हर एक बच्चा बहुतकाल का अभ्यास कर बहुतकाल के अधिकारी बनें . isliē bāpdādā kī|key ēk hī śhubh āśhā hai ki sab bachchē chāhē nayē haĩ , chāhē purānē haĩ , jō bhī apnē kō brahmākumārī yā brahmākumār kahlātē haĩ , chāhē madhuban nivāsī , chāhē vidēśh nivāsī , chāhē bhārat nivāsī - har ēk bachchā bahutkāl kā abhyās kar bahutkāl kē|K adhikārī banē̃ . isliē bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhubh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] brahmākumārī[x] yā brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . therefore BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one only pure and positive desire be[pres.sg.23] that all child (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) new be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) old be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that too one’s own to Brahma Kumari or Brahma Kumar call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Madhuban resident , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad resident , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Bharat resident - each one child a long period of time of practice do[root] a long period of time (of|K) (one) who has a right become[opt.pl.12hon3] . 177कभी-कभी के नहीं . kabhī-kabhī kē|K nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] . ever (of|K) not .

211This is why BapDada has one pure desire that all of you children, whether old or new, who call yourselves Brahma Kumars or Kumaris, whether you are residents of Madhuban, residents of Bharat or foreigners, each of you children should practise this for a long period of time so that you claim your right to your kingdom for a long period of time, not just for some time.

178पसन्द है  ? pasand hai  ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

212Do you like this?

179एक हाथ की ताली बजाओ . ēk hāth kī|key tālī bajāō . ēk[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one hand (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

213You may clap with one hand.

180पीछे वाले होशियार हैं , अटेन्शन से सुन रहे हैं . pīchhē vālē hōśhiyār haĩ , attention sē sun rahē haĩ . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , attention sē[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x those who clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] , attention from listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

214Those sitting at the back are very clever. 215They are listening with attention.

181बापदादा पीछे वालों को अपने आगे देख रहा है . bāpdādā pīchhē vālō̃ kō apnē āgē dēkh rahā hai . bāpdādā pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada x those who to one’s own previously see[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . 182आगे वाले तो हैं ही आगे . āgē vālē tō haĩ hī āgē . āgē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] āgē . previously those who then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only previously .

216BapDada can see those sitting at the back as clearly as if they were sitting in front of Him.

183 ( मेडीटेशन हाल में बैठकर मुरली सुन रहे हैं ) नीचे वाले बापदादा के सिर के ताज होकर बैठे हैं . ( meditation hall mē̃ baiṭhkar murlī sun rahē haĩ ) nīchē vālē bāpdādā kē|K sir kē|K tāj hōkar baiṭhē haĩ . ( meditation hall[x] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[abs.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) nīchē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . ( x in sit[abs.] flute listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) down those who BapDada (of|K) x (of|K) crown be[abs.] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

217Those sitting at the front are at the front anyway. 218The ones sitting below (in the Meditation Hall) are the crown on Baba's head.

184वह भी ताली बजा रहे हैं . vah bhī tālī bajā rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that too clapping play[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

219They are also clapping.

185नीचे वालों को त्याग का भाग्य तो मिलना ही है . nīchē vālō̃ kō tyāg kā bhāgya tō milnā hī hai . nīchē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . down those who to renunciation of x then receive[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

220Those sitting below will receive the fortune of their renunciation.

186आपको सम्मुख बैठने का भाग्य है और उन्हों के त्याग का भाग्य जमा हो रहा है . āpkō sammukh baiṭhnē kā bhāgya hai aur unhō̃ kē|K tyāg kā bhāgya jamā hō rahā hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] sammukh baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[x] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you[.kō] in front of you sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x be[pres.sg.23] and that (of|K) renunciation of x x[x] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 187अच्छा बापदादा की एक आश सुनी  ! achchhā bāpdādā kī|key ēk āśh sunī  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[past-part.f.]  ! achcha BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one desire listen[past-part.f.]  !

221You have received the fortune of sitting personally in front of Baba, face to face with Baba, whilst they are accumulating their fortune of renunciation.

188पसन्द है ना  ! pasand hai nā  ! pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

222Achcha.

189अभी अगले वर्ष क्या देखेंगे  ? abhī aglē varṣh kyā dēkhē̃gē  ? ab[adv.hī] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? now next year what see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

223Do all of you like this one desire BapDada has?

190ऐसे ही फिर भी हाथ उठायेंगे  ! aisē hī phir bhī hāth uṭhāyēṅgē  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] phir bhī[x] hāth uṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ! such only nevertheless raise your hands  !

224So, what will Baba see next year?

191हाथ भले उठाओ , दो-दो उठाओ परन्तु मन का हाथ भी उठाओ . hāth bhalē uṭhāō , dō-dō uṭhāō parantu man kā hāth bhī uṭhāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] parantu[conj.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand benefit uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] however mind of hand too uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

225You have the determined thought that you will be raising your hand next year too.

192दृढ़ संकल्प का हाथ सदा के लिए उठाओ . dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā hāth sadā kē liē uṭhāō . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā kē liē[x] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . determined thought of hand constantly for uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

226You may raise your hand, you may even raise two hands, but you must also raise the hand of your mind.

193बापदादा एक-एक बच्चे के मस्तक में सम्पूर्ण पवित्रता की चमकती हुई मणी देखने चाहते हैं . bāpdādā ēk-ēk bachchē kē|K mastak mē̃ sampūrṇ pavitratā kī|key chamaktī huī maṇī dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sampūrṇ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada one child (of|K) forehead in complete purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] jewel see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

227Raise your hand of determined thought for all time. 228BapDada wants to see the jewel of complete purity sparkling on each one's forehead.

194नयनों में पवित्रता की झलक , पवित्रता के दो नयनों के तारे , रूहानियत से चमकते हुए देखने चाहते हैं . nayanō̃ mē̃ pavitratā kī|key jhalak , pavitratā kē|K dō nayanō̃ kē|K tārē , rūhāniyat sē chamaktē huē dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jhalaknā[root]|jhalak[n.f.;sg.] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tārnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|tārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|tārnā[opt.sg.23] , rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . eye in purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (sparkle[root]|x) , purity (of|K) (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) eye (of|K) (take across[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x|take across[opt.sg.23]) , x from x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

229He wants to see purity sparkling in your eyes. 230He wants to see the stars of both eyes sparkling with the sparkle of spirituality.

195बोल में मधुरता , विशेषता , अमूल्य बोल सुनने चाहते हैं . bōl mē̃ madhurtā , viśhēṣhtā , amūlya bōl sunnē chāhtē haĩ . bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] madhurtā[n.f.;sg.] , viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] , amūlya[adj.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|speak[root]) in sweetness , speciality , invaluable (x|speak[root]) listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

231He wants to hear sweetness and speciality in your invaluable words.

196कर्म में सन्तुष्टता , निर्माणता सदा देखने चाहते हैं . karma mē̃ santuṣhṭatā , nirmāntā sadā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] , nirmāntā[n.f.;sg.] sadā dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . deed in contentment , x constantly see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

232He wants to see constant contentment and humility in your actions.

197भावना में - सदा शुभ भावना और भाव में सदा आत्मिक भाव , भाई-भाई का भाव . bhāvnā mē̃ - sadā śhubh bhāvnā aur bhāv mē̃ sadā ātmik bhāv , bhāī-bhāī kā bhāv . bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] - sadā śhubh bhāvnā[x] aur bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . feeling in - constantly pure feeling and consciousness in constantly soul-conscious consciousness , (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) of consciousness .

233Let there be constant good wishes in your feelings, and in your motives a constant attitude of brotherhood.

198सदा आपके मस्तक से लाइट का , फरिश्ते पन का ताज दिखाई दे . sadā āpkē mastak sē light kā , phariśhtē pan kā tāj dikhāī dē . sadā āp[pn.pl.kē] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . constantly you[.kē] forehead from light of , angel x of crown be visible .

234The halo of an angel’s light should be constantly visible around your head.

199दिखाई देने का मतलब है अनुभव हो . dikhāī dēnē kā matlab hai anubhav hō . dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.f.]|x) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x be[pres.sg.23] experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

235To be able to see this means it should be experienced.

200ऐसे सजे सजाये मूर्त्त देखने चाहते हैं . aisē sajē sajāyē mūrtta dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] sajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) decorate[past-part.m.pl.,o.] image see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

236BapDada wants to see you as such adorned images.

201और ऐसी मूर्त्त ही श्रेष्ठ पूज्य बनेगी . aur aisī mūrtta hī śhrēṣhṭh pūjya banēgī . aur aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[fut.f.sg.23] . and such image only elevated worthy of worship become[fut.f.sg.23] .

237Only such images will be the most elevated souls, worthy of worship.

202वह तो आपके जड़ चित्र बनायेंगे लेकिन बाप चैतन्य चित्र देखने चाहते हैं . vah tō āpkē jaṛ chitra banāyēṅgē lēkin bāp chaitanya chitra dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that then you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but father living picture see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

238Those people will create non­living images of you, but Baba wants to see you become this in your living form.

203अच्छा –achchhā –achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] –achcha –

239Achcha.

204चारों ओर के सदा बापदादा के साथ रहने वाले , समीप के सदा के साथी , सदा बहुतकाल के पुरूषार्थ द्वारा बहुतकाल का संगमयुगी अधिकार और भविष्य राज्य-अधिकार प्राप्त करने वाले अति सेन्सीबुल आत्मायें , सदा अपने को शक्तियों , गुणों से सजे-सजाये रखने वाले , बाप की आशाओं के दीपक आत्मायें , सदा स्वयं को होलीएस्ट और हाइएस्ट स्थिति में स्थित रखने वाले बाप समान अति स्नेही आत्माओं को बापदादा का यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā bāpdādā kē sāth rahnē vālē , samīp kē|K sadā kē|K sāthī , sadā bahutkāl kē|K purūṣhārth dvārā bahutkāl kā saṅgamyugī adhikār aur bhaviṣhya rājy-adhikār prāpt karnē vālē ati sensible ātmāyē̃ , sadā apnē kō śhaktiyō̃ , guṇō̃ sē sajē-sajāyē rakhnē vālē , bāp kī|key āśhāō̃ kē|K dīpak ātmāyē̃ , sadā svayã kō holiest aur highest sthiti mē̃ sthit rakhnē vālē bāp samān ati snēhī ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā bāpdādā kē sāth[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , samīp[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth dvārā bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgamyugī[adj.] adhikār[x] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] x prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ati sensible ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dīpak[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā svayã kō[postp.] holiest[adj.] aur high sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp samān[x] ati snēhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) constantly BapDada with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , close (of|K) constantly (of|K) companion , constantly a long period of time (of|K) effort through a long period of time of x right and future x reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x sensible soul , constantly one’s own to Shakti , virtue from x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire (of|K) x soul , constantly x to holiest and high stage in stabilised keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who equal to the Father x loving soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x .

240To all the children from everywhere, to the close and constant companions who stay constantly with the Father; to those who make effort over a long period of time and claim their rights of the confluence age and the future kingdom for a long period of time; to such sensible souls who constantly keep themselves adorned with the virtues and powers; to the souls who are the lamps of Baba's hopes; to those who are constantly stable in the holiest and highest stage; to the extremely lovely souls who are equal to the Father, BapDada's love, remembrance and namaste.

205सर्व विदेश वा देश में दूर बैठे हुए भी सम्मुख अनुभव करने वालों को बापदादा का बहुत-बहुत-बहुत यादप्यार . sarv vidēśh vā dēśh mē̃ dūr baiṭhē huē bhī sammukh anubhav karnē vālō̃ kō bāpdādā kā bahut-bahut-bahut yādpyār . sarv[adj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sammukh anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . all abroad or land in distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too in front of you experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to BapDada of very love, remembrance . 206दादी जीdādī jīdādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x]Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji)

241To all the children of this land and abroad who are sitting far away and yet experiencing themselves to be in front of BapDada, lots and lots and lots of love and remembrance from BapDada.

207से बापदादा आपको सदा मुबारकें बहुत देते हैं . sē bāpdādā āpkō sadā mubārakē̃ bahut dētē haĩ . sē[postp.] bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kō] sadā mubārak[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . from BapDada you[.kō] constantly congratulations very give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

242Dadiji: BapDada constantly gives you many congratulations.

208तन की दुआयें भी देते हैं , मन का साथ भी देते हैं और सेवा के साथी भी बनते हैं . tan kī|key duāyē̃ bhī dētē haĩ , man kā sāth bhī dētē haĩ aur sēvā kē|K sāthī bhī bantē haĩ . tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . body (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , mind of with too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and service (of|K) companion too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

243He gives you blessings for your body, companionship for your mind and His company for service.

209ऐसे अनुभव होता है  ? aisē anubhav hōtā hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? such experience be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

244Do you experience this?

210तन की दुआयें भी बहुत मिलती हैं . tan kī|key duāyē̃ bhī bahut miltī haĩ . tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . body (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing too very receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

245You receive many blessings for the body.

211यह दवाई बहुत अच्छी मिल रही है . yah davāī bahut achchhī mil rahī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . this x very achcha receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

246You are receiving very good medicine.

212बाकी हिसाब-किताब तो ब्रह्मा बाप ने भी चुक्तू किया तो सबको करना है . bākī hisāb-kitāb tō brahmā bāp nē bhī chuktū kiyā tō sabkō karnā hai . bākī|bākī hisāb-kitāb[n.f.;sg.] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] chuktū karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō sabkō karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (but|others) accounts then Brahma father ∅ too settled do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then everything do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

247Even Brahma Baba had to settle his karmic accounts, and so everyone else also has to do the same.

213सब सूली से कांटा हो जाता है , बाकी दुआयें बहुत मिलती हैं . sab sūlī sē kāṇṭā hō jātā hai , bākī duāyē̃ bahut miltī haĩ . sab[adj.] sūlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , bākī|bākī duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . all crucifix from thorn be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , (but|others) blessing very receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 214परिवार द्वारा भी तो बापदादा द्वारा भी . parivār dvārā bhī tō bāpdādā dvārā bhī . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bhī[p.] tō bāpdādā dvārā bhī[p.] . family through too then BapDada through too .

248Because you receive plenty of blessings from the Father, because you receive blessings from the family and from BapDada, everything changes from a crucifix to a thorn.

215अमृतवेले से लेकर रात तक बापदादा दुआओं से मालिश करते रहते हैं . amr̥itvēlē sē lēkar rāt tak bāpdādā duāō̃ sē māliśh kartē rahtē haĩ . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak bāpdādā duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] māliśh karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . amrit vela from take[abs.] night until BapDada blessing from massage .

249From amrit vela till night time, BapDada massages you with blessings. 250You do experience this, do you not?

216ऐसे अनुभव होता है ना  ? aisē anubhav hōtā hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? such experience be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ? 217आप नहीं चल रही हैं , चलाने वाला चला रहा है , इसीलिए अथक हैं . āp nahī̃ chal rahī haĩ , chalānē vālā chalā rahā hai , isīliē athak haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , isīliē athak[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you not continue[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) , x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

251You are not doing anything, but it is the One who has to do everything who is doing everything, and this is why you are remain tireless.

218अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

252Achcha.

219स्पेशल दुआयें हैं . special duāyē̃ haĩ . special duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . special blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

253You have special blessings.

220 ( दादी जानकी से ) स्पेशल दुआयें हैं ना  ? ( dādī jānkī sē ) special duāyē̃ haĩ nā  ? ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) special duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? ( Dadi x from ) special blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

254You are special, are you not?

221सब निमित्त बनने वालों को स्पेशल दुआयें मिलती हैं . sab nimitt bannē vālō̃ kō special duāyē̃ miltī haĩ . sab[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] special duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . all instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to special blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

255All of you who are instruments receive special blessings.

222आप फॉरेनर्स से क्या चाहती हो  ? āp foreigners sē kyā chāhtī hō  ? āp[pn.pl.] foreigner sē[postp.] kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.f.2]  ? you foreigner from what x[pres.pl.f.2]  ?

256Dadi Janki:What do you want on behalf of all the foreigners?

223 ( सभी बापदादा के गले में पिरो जायें ) यह तो बहुत कुछ चाहती हैं , आप भी बहुत कुछ करते हो ना  ! ( sabhī bāpdādā kē|K galē mē̃ pirō jāyē̃ ) yah tō bahut kuchh chāhtī haĩ , āp bhī bahut kuchh kartē hō nā  ! ( sab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] pirōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut kuchh chāhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut kuchh karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! ( all BapDada (of|K) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) in be threaded[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ) this then very anything x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , you too very anything do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

257(Dadi replied: That they all become part of the garland around BapDada's neck.) 258This one wishes for a great deal!

224यह प्यार की पालना दे रही हैं , इतना अटेन्शन रखना - यही दिल का प्यार है . yah pyār kī|key pālnā dē rahī haĩ , itnā attention rakhnā - yahī dil kā pyār hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yahī[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) give[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , such attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] - this heart of love be[pres.sg.23] .

259(To the foreigners): You all do a great deal, do you not? 260(Dadi Janki: Baba, they complain about me a lot.)

225जिससे प्यार होता है ना उसकी कमी देख नहीं सकते . jissē pyār hōtā hai nā uskī kamī dēkh nahī̃ saktē . jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.kī] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that[.kī] x see[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

261But you are also giving them the sustenance of love.

226 ( बापदादा ने दादी , दादी जानकी को साथ में बिठाया ) ( bāpdādā nē dādī , dādī jānkī kō sāth mē̃ biṭhāyā ) ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] biṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) ( BapDada ∅ Dadi , Dadi x to with in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] )

262To pay such attention to them also means to sustain them with love from the heart.

227यह दादियाँ जो हैं ना - यह बाप के बड़े भाई हैं . yah dādiyā̃ jō haĩ nā - yah bāp kē|K baṛē bhāī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā - yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . this Dadi that be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ - this father (of|K) very be liked[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

263You can't bear to see any weakness in those whom you love.

228तो भाई तो साथ बैठते हैं ना  ? tō bhāī tō sāth baiṭhtē haĩ nā  ? tō bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ? then (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) then with sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  ?

264(BapDada made Dadiji and Dadi Janki sit next to Him.)

229अच्छी मेहनत नहीं लेकिन मुहब्बत अच्छी करते हैं . achchhī mēhnat nahī̃ lēkin muhabbat achchhī kartē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha effort not but love achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

265Dadis are senior brothers of Baba. 266So, the brothers would sit together, would they not?

230बापदादा भी निमित्त बनने वालों को और जो करने वाले हैं उन्हों को देखकर खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā bhī nimitt bannē vālō̃ kō aur jō karnē vālē haĩ unhō̃ kō dēkhkar khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] aur jō[pn.;d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to and that do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to see[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

267It is not that you are labouring, but you have a lot of love. 268BapDada is happy to see those who are the instruments and also those who do everything.

231आप भी कम नहीं हो . āp bhī cum|kam nahī̃ hō . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you too (x|less) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

269(Baba, You are no less.)

232और यह भी कम नहीं हैं . aur yah bhī cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and this too (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 233अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

270These (Dadis) are no less either.

234 ( शान्तिवन से यहाँ अच्छा लगता है ) लेकिन अनेक वंचित रह जायेंगे . ( śhāntivan sē yahā̃ achchhā lagtā hai ) lēkin anēk vañchit rah jāyēṅgē . ( śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahā̃ achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ) lēkin anēk[adj.] vañchit[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . ( Shantivan from here enjoy ) but many deprived remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

271(It is better here than in Shantivan.) 272Yes, but very many would remain deprived.

235सभी भाई-बहनों का ख्याल तो रखना है ना . sabhī bhāī-bahanō̃ kā khyāl tō rakhnā hai nā . sab[adv.hī] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khyāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . all brother and sister of thought then keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

273You have to think about all your brothers and sisters.

236यह तो होली का चांस आपको मिल गया है . yah tō hōlī|holy kā chance āpkō mil gayā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . this then (Holi|holy) of chance you[.kō] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

274It is just because of Holi that you have been given this chance.

237विदेशी भाई-बहनों सेvidēśhī bhāī-bahanō̃ sēvidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]foreigner brother and sister from238पहला चांस डबल फॉरेनर्स को मिला है . pahlā chance double foreigners kō milā hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance double foreigner kō[postp.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x chance double foreigner to receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

275To the double­foreign brothers and sisters:You double foreigners have been given the first chance.

239देखो सबका डबल फॉरेनर्स से कितना प्यार है . dēkhō sabkā double foreigners sē kitnā pyār hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] double foreigner sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] everyone's double foreigner from so love be[pres.sg.23] .

276Look how much love everyone has for the double foreigners.

240पहला चांस आपको ही मिला है . pahlā chance āpkō hī milā hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x chance you[.kō] only receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

277It is good that you have been given the first chance.

241अच्छा है , बापदादा सेवा में वृद्धि का उमंग-उत्साह देख खुश होता है . achchhā hai , bāpdādā sēvā mē̃ vr̥iddhi kā umaṅg-utsāh dēkh khuśh hōtā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada service in growth of zeal and enthusiasm see[root] happy be[pres.sg.m.23] .

278BapDada is very pleased to see how much growth there has been through your zeal and enthusiasm for service.

242बापदादा वतन में भी आपकी मीटिंग्स , प्लैन , प्रोग्राम , रूह-रूहान सब कुछ देखते हैं . bāpdādā vatan mē̃ bhī āpkī meetings , plan , programme , rūh-rūhān sab kuchh dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kī] meeting , plan , programme , x sab kuchh[x] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada world in too you[.kī] meeting , plan , programme , x everything see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

279BapDada can see in the subtle region all your meetings, plans, programmes and heart­to­heart conversations.

243अच्छा चांस भी मिलता है . achchhā chance bhī miltā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha chance too receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

280You receive a very good chance once a year.

244हर साल फॉरेन में इतना संगठन तो नहीं हो सकता है . har|her sāl foreign mē̃ itnā saṅgaṭhan tō nahī̃ hō saktā hai . har|harnā[root]|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreign mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . (x|x[root]) year abroad in such gathering then not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

281You cannot have such a gathering in the foreign lands.

245यहाँ एक तो कितना बेहद का बड़ा परिवार है , यह देखने को मिलता है , सबका परिचय हो जाता है . yahā̃ ēk tō kitnā bēhad kā baṛā parivār hai , yah dēkhnē kō miltā hai , sabkā parichay hō jātā hai . yahā̃ ēk[adj.] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bēhad kā[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . here one then so unlimited very family be[pres.sg.23] , this see[inf.m.pl.,o.] to receive[pres.sg.m.23] , everyone's introduction be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

282Firstly, you are given the opportunity to see what an unlimited family you have and are able to meet them all.

246और दूसरा पावरफुल पालना भी मिलती है , प्यार भी मिलता है . aur dūsrā powerful pālnā bhī miltī hai , pyār bhī miltā hai . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] powerful pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and other powerful (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) too receive[pres.sg.f.23] , love too receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

283Secondly, you are given the powerful sustenance of a lot of love.

247और बीच बीच में थोड़ी सी स्ट्रिक्ट की आँख दिखाना भी ज़रूरी है . aur bīch bīch mē̃ thōṛī see|sī|C sṭrikṭa kī|key ā̃kh dikhānā bhī zarūrī hai . aur bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and centre centre in short (see|x) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x[inf.m.sg.d.] too essential be[pres.sg.23] .

284It is necessary for you also to be shown a stern eye every now and then.

248अटेन्शन है लेकिन अटेन्शन को अन्डरलाइन हो जाता है . attention hai lēkin attention kō underline hō jātā hai . attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin attention kō[postp.] underline hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . attention be[pres.sg.23] but attention to underline be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

285You do pay attention, but this stern eye underlines the attention you have to pay.

249ऐसे अनुभव करते हो जो मधुबन में पालना मिलती है तो अण्डरलाइन तो होती है ना  ! aisē anubhav kartē hō jō madhuban mē̃ pālnā miltī hai tō underline tō hōtī hai nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō underline tō hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā  ! such experience do[pres.pl.m.2] that Madhuban in (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[pres.sg.f.23] then underline then be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅  ! 250और समीप भी आते हैं . aur samīp bhī ātē haĩ . aur samīp[adj.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and close too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

286Do you experience that the sustenance you are given in Madhuban underlines everything for you and that it brings you close?

251बापदादा को डबल फॉरेनर्स की , मैजारिटी की एक विशेषता वर्तमान समय की बहुत अच्छी लगती है , एक तो जो बार-बार समथिंग-समथिंग कहते थे ना , वह अभी मैजारिटी का कम है . bāpdādā kō double foreigners kī|key , majority kī|key ēk viśhēṣhtā vartamān samay kī|key bahut achchhī lagtī hai , ēk tō jō bār-bār something-something kahtē thē nā , vah abhī majority kā cum|kam hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] double foreigner karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , majority karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] , ēk[adj.] tō jō[pn.;d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] something kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] majority kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , majority (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one speciality present time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] , one then that time something say[hab-past.pl.m.] ∅ , that now majority of (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .

287BapDada likes one speciality of the foreigners at the present time. 288The majority, and there is always a minority in that too, always used to say, "Something, something.” 289This has now reduced for the most of you.

252पहले तो छोटी-छोटी बात में कहते थे समथिंग , समटाइम . pahlē tō chhōṭī-chhōṭī bāt mē̃ kahtē thē something , sometime . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] something , sometime . (x|firstly) then small matter in say[hab-past.pl.m.] something , sometimes .

290Previously, you used to say for little things, "Something, something, some time.”

253लेकिन अभी अच्छे हिम्मत वाले बन आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . lēkin abhī achchhē himmat vālē ban āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . lēkin ab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . but now achcha courage those who (x|become[root]) previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

291However you now remain very courageous and are progressing very well.

254बचपन पूरा हुआ है , कहाँ-कहाँ पुरूषार्थ में यूथ हैं और कहाँ-कहाँ वानप्रस्थ के नज़दीक हैं . bachpan pūrā huā hai , kahā̃-kahā̃ purūṣhārth mē̃ youth haĩ aur kahā̃-kahā̃ vānaprasth kē|K nazdīk haĩ . bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , kahā̃ puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] youth hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kahā̃ vānprasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . childhood full be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , where effort in youth be[pres.pl.12hon3] and where retirement (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

292Your childhood has now finished. 293In your effort you are still sometimes a youth and some of you are close to your stage of retirement.

255तो यूथ वालों को अभी भी थोड़ी लहर आती है . tō youth vālō̃ kō abhī bhī thōṛī lahar ātī hai . tō youth vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . then youth those who to now too short wave come[pres.sg.f.23] .

294So, the youth still have some waves sometimes.

256आयु में यूथ नहीं , पुरूषार्थ में . āyu mē̃ youth nahī̃ , purūṣhārth mē̃ . āyu[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] youth nahī̃[neg] , puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] . x in youth not , effort in .

295Not youth in terms of age, but in terms of effort.

257फिर भी पहले और अभी में अन्तर है . phir bhī pahlē aur abhī mē̃ antar hai . phir bhī[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] aur ab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nevertheless (x|firstly) and now in difference be[pres.sg.23] .

296Nevertheless, there is a difference between previously and now.

258अभी नॉलेज़फुल हो गये हैं . abhī nôlēzaphul hō gayē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] x hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . now x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 259समझ गये हैं - क्या करना है , कैसे चलना है , इसके नॉलेज़फुल बन गये हैं . samajh gayē haĩ - kyā karnā hai , kaisē chalnā hai , iskē nôlēzaphul ban gayē haĩ . samajhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] - kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.kē] x bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . understand[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] - what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , how continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this[.kē] x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 260बाकी क्या रहा है  ? bākī kyā rahā hai  ? bākī|bākī kyā rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? (but|others) what remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

297Now that you have become filled with knowledge, you understood what you have to do and how you have to behave in doing it. 298You have now become filled with all the knowledge of this.

261अभी पावरफुल बनना है , उसमें अण्डरलाइन करो . abhī powerful bannā hai , usmē̃ underline karō . ab[adv.hī] powerful bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] underline karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now powerful become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that[.mē̃] underline do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

299So what remains now? 300You now have to underline to become powerful.

262सेन्टर भी बढ़ते जाते हैं . centre bhī baṛhtē jātē haĩ . centre bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . centre too grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .

301The number of centres is also increasing.

263हिम्मत रखकर सेन्टर खोलते अच्छे हैं . himmat rakhkar centre khōltē achchhē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] centre khōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage keep[abs.] centre open[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

302Having kept courage you have opened many centres.

264जो सभी सेन्टर्स सम्भालते हैं , सेन्टर पर रहते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō sabhī centres sambhāltē haĩ , centre par rahtē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] centre sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that all centre be careful[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , centre (at|other) remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .

303Those who are looking after or living in a centre, raise your hands!

265अच्छा - तो सेन्टर पर रहने वाले वा निमित्त बनने वाले कभी थकावट होती है  ? achchhā - tō centre par rahnē vālē vā nimitt bannē vālē kabhī thakāvaṭ hōtī hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - tō centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? achcha - then centre (at|other) remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who or instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who ever tiredness be[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

304Do those who live at a centre, or who become an instrument, experience tiredness?

266थोड़ी-थोड़ी होती है  ? thōṛī-thōṛī hōtī hai  ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? short be[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

305Do you sometimes experience tiredness?

267थोड़ा टाइम होती है फिर ठीक हो जाते हैं . thōṛā time hōtī hai phir ṭhīk hō jātē haĩ . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . short time be[pres.sg.f.23] (turn[root]|then) OK be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

306Is it that you experience it for a short time and then become OK again?

268अच्छा है , देखो आप लोगों को एक विशेष लिफ्ट है सेवा की . achchhā hai , dēkhō āp lōgō̃ kō ēk viśhēṣh lift hai sēvā kī|key . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] lift hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you people to one special lift be[pres.sg.23] service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

307All of you have received a special lift of service.

269भारत में तो पहले ट्रेनिंग करते हैं फिर ट्रायल पर रहती फिर टीचर बनती और आप लोग सीधा ही सेन्टर इन्चार्ज बन जाते . bhārat mē̃ tō pahlē training kartē haĩ phir trial par rahtī phir teacher bantī aur āp lōg sīdhā hī centre incharge ban jātē . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] training karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] trial par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[pres-part.f.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] teacher bannā[pres-part.f.] aur āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sīdhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] centre incharge ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . Bharat in then (x|firstly) training do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (turn[root]|then) try (at|other) remain[pres-part.f.] (turn[root]|then) teacher become[pres-part.f.] and you people direct only centre x (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

308Those in Bharat, they are first given training, then they have a trial period and then they become teachers, whereas all of you take charge of a centre straightaway.

270तो यह चांस तो अच्छा है ना . tō yah chance tō achchhā hai nā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] chance tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then this chance then achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

309So, this is a good chance, is it not?

271डबल काम करते हैं . double kām kartē haĩ . double kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double (task|lust) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

310You do double the work.

272हिम्मत के कारण आगे बढ़ रहे हो और बढ़ते रहेंगे . himmat kē|K kāraṇ āgē baṛh rahē hō aur baṛhtē rahē̃gē . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . courage (of|K) because previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

311Because of your courage you are making progress and you will continue to make progress.

273जॉब भी करते , सेन्टर भी सम्भालते , थक कर आते फिर थोड़े टाइम में अपने को रिफ्रेश कर फिर सेन्टर सम्भालते , यह देख करके बापदादा को कभी-कभी दिल में विशेष प्यार आता है . job bhī kartē , centre bhī sambhāltē , thak kar ātē phir thōṛē time mē̃ apnē kō refresh kar phir centre sambhāltē , yah dēkh karkē bāpdādā kō kabhī-kabhī dil mē̃ viśhēṣh pyār ātā hai . job bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , centre bhī[p.] sambhālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , thaknā, phathaknā[root] karnā[root] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] refresh karnā[root] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] centre sambhālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . x too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , centre too be careful[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , become desperate[root] do[root] come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (turn[root]|then) short time in one’s own to refresh do[root] (turn[root]|then) centre be careful[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , this see[root] do[abs.] BapDada to ever heart in special love come[pres.sg.m.23] .

312Seeing how you go to work, look after a centre, how you return home tired and then quickly refresh yourself, then look after the centre again, BapDada has special love for you in His heart.

274डबल बिजी हो गये ना . double busy hō gayē nā . double busy hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . double busy be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .

313You have become double busy.

275लेकिन डबल कार्य करने का डबल फायदा भी होता है . lēkin double kārya karnē kā double phāydā bhī hōtā hai . lēkin double kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but double task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of double profit too be[pres.sg.m.23] .

314However, because you do double the work you receive double the benefit of that.

276सेवा करना अर्थात् अपने पुण्य का खाता जमा करना और जितना निःस्वार्थ , युक्तियुक्त सेवा भाव से सेवा करते हैं , उतनी पुण्य की पूंजी जमा करते हो . sēvā karnā arthāt apnē puṇya kā khātā jamā karnā aur jitnā niḥsvārth , yuktiyukt sēvā bhāv sē sēvā kartē haĩ , utnī puṇya kī|key pūñjī jamā kartē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[x] aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niḥsvārth[adj.] , yuktiyukt[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūṅjī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . service do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is one’s own accounts of charity accumulate and the more altruistic , tactful service consciousness from service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x charity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x accumulate .

315To do service means to accumulate in your account of charity. 316The more you serve in an altruistic and yuktiyukt way, the more treasures of charity you accordingly accumulate.

277और वही पुण्य की पूंजी , खज़ाना साथ में ले जायेंगे . aur vahī puṇya kī|key pūñjī , khazānā sāth mē̃ lē jāyēṅgē . aur vahī puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūṅjī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and this charity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x , treasure with in carry .

317Those treasures of charity will go with you.

278उस पुण्य की कमाई आधाकल्प की कमाई हो जायेगी . us puṇya kī|key kamāī ādhākalp kī|key kamāī hō jāyēgī . vah[pn.sg.o.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamānā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . that charity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) for half a cycle (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) earn[pres-perf.pl.f.2] go[fut.f.sg.23] .

318The income you earn in doing this charity will last you for half a cycle.

279तो पुण्य आत्मायें अच्छी हो . tō puṇya ātmāyē̃ achchhī hō . tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then charity soul achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

319Therefore, you are very good and charitable souls.

280मैं निमित्त सेवाधारी पुण्य आत्मा हूँ , यह स्मृति छोटे-छोटे पापों से मुक्त कर देती है . maĩ nimitt sēvādhārī puṇya ātmā hū̃ , yah smr̥iti chhōṭē-chhōṭē pāpō̃ sē mukt kar dētī hai . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pāp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . I instrument server charity soul be[pres.sg.1] , this awareness small x from free do[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .

320The awareness of being an instrument server and a pure charitable soul frees you from committing small sins.

281तो सदा चेक करो कि आज के दिन मन्सा द्वारा या सेवा द्वारा कितने पुण्य जमा किये  ? tō sadā check karō ki āj kē|K din mansā dvārā yā sēvā dvārā kitnē puṇya jamā kiyē  ? tō sadā check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mansā dvārā yā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? then constantly check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that today (of|K) day through the mind through or service through so charity accumulate  ? 282और पुण्य के आधार से छोटी-छोटी बातें कितनी समाप्त हो गई  ? aur puṇya kē|K ādhār sē chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātē̃ kitnī samāpt hō gaī  ? aur puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā]  ? and charity (of|K) basis from small matter so finished be[past-part.f..root+jānā]  ?

321Therefore, constantly check to see how much charity you are accumulating through your thoughts and service, and on the basis of your charity, how many trivial situations you are completely finishing?

283खर्च कितना हुआ और बचत कितनी हुई  ? kharcha kitnā huā aur bachat kitnī huī  ? kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bachat[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f.]  ? expenditure so be[past-part.m.sg.d.] and x so be[past-part.f.]  ?

322How much do you spend and how much do you save?

284अगर बार-बार विघ्न आते हैं और उसको मिटाने के लिए गुण और शक्तियों का खर्च करते हैं तो वह कितना हुआ  ? agar bār-bār vighna ātē haĩ aur uskō miṭānē kē liē guṇ aur śhaktiyō̃ kā kharcha kartē haĩ tō vah kitnā huā  ? agar bār[n.f.;sg.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur vah[pn.sg.kō] miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? if time obstacle come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and that[.kō] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] for virtue and Shakti of expenditure do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that so be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

323If you constantly experience being obstructed and have to use your virtues and powers to finish those obstructions, how much do you have to spend?

285और योगयुक्त अवस्था से बाप को साथी बनाकर सेवा करने में पुण्य का खाता कितना जमा हुआ  ? aur yōgyukt avasthā sē bāp kō sāthī banākar sēvā karnē mē̃ puṇya kā khātā kitnā jamā huā  ? aur yōgyukt[x] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] puṇya kā khātā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? and yogyukt stage from father to companion create[abs.] service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in accounts of charity so (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

324A yogyukt stage enables you to make Baba your Companion and accumulate in your account of charity, so how much are you accumulating?

286सबसे बड़े से बड़े मल्टीमिलियनेर आप हो . sabsē baṛē sē baṛē malṭīmiliyanēr āp hō . sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . the most very from very x you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

325You are the greatest multimillionaires. 326Are you multimillionaires?

287एक दिन में देखो कितनी कमाई करते हो  ? ēk din mē̃ dēkhō kitnī kamāī kartē hō  ? ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? one day in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

327How much do you accumulate in one day?

288इतनी कमाई न फॉरेन में कोई कर सकता है , न भारत में कर सकता है . itnī kamāī na foreign mē̃ kōī kar saktā hai , na bhārat mē̃ kar saktā hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] na[neg] foreign mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , na[neg] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . such (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) not abroad in some do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , not Bharat in do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .

328Can anyone in foreign lands accumulate so much in one day? 329No one could do that abroad or in Bharat.

289तो मल्टी मल्टी लगाते जाओ जैसे हिसाब में बिन्दी लगाओ तो बढ़ जाता है ना . tō multi multi lagātē jāō jaisē hisāb mē̃ bindī lagāō tō baṛh jātā hai nā . tō multi multi lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā . then multi multi attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] like account in point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then grow[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ .

330So, continue to add multi. 331Just as when you add a zero in calculations, it increases.

290एक के आगे एक बिन्दी लगाओ तो 10 हो जाता है और दो बिन्दी लगाओ तो 100 हो जाता है और लगाओ तो हजार हो जाता है , बिन्दी की कमाल है . ēk kē āgē ēk bindī lagāō tō 10 hō jātā hai aur dō bindī lagāō tō 100 hō jātā hai aur lagāō tō hajār hō jātā hai , bindī kī|key kamāl hai . ēk[adj.] kē āgē[x] ēk[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō 10 hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō 100 hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one in front of one point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then 10 be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then 100 be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then 1000 be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , point (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .

332Put a zero in front of 1 and make it 10, and put a second zero and make it 100, and add a third zero and make it 1000. This is the wonder of the zero.

291तो आप ऐसे बिन्दी लगाते जाओ , मल्टी मल्टी मल्टी-मिल्युनर हो जाओ . tō āp aisē bindī lagātē jāō , multi multi multi-millionaire hō jāō . tō āp[pn.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , multi multi multimillionaire hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . then you such point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , multi multi multimillionaire be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 292अच्छा - सब ठीक हो  ? achchhā - sab ṭhīk hō  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? achcha - all OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

333Therefore, continue to put a zero and you will become multi­multi­ multimillionaires.

293पाण्डव ठीक हैं  ? pāṇḍav ṭhīk haĩ  ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? Pandava OK be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

334Are all of you OK?

294बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

335Are you Pandavas OK?

295बापदादा को भी नाज़ है कि विश्व में जहाँ भी जाओ बाप के बच्चे हैं . bāpdādā kō bhī nāz hai ki viśhva mē̃ jahā̃ bhī jāō bāp kē|K bachchē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to too pleasure be[pres.sg.23] that world in where there too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

336BapDada is also proud that wherever you go, Baba's children also exist there.

296आप लोगों को भी नशा होता है ना जिस देश में भी जाओ तो क्या कहेंगे  ? āp lōgō̃ kō bhī naśhā hōtā hai nā jis dēśh mē̃ bhī jāō tō kyā kahē̃gē  ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā jō[pn.sg.o.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? you people to too intoxication be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that land in too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

337You too have this intoxication, do you not? 338Whatever country you visit, what would you say?

297हमारा घर है . hamārā ghar hai . ham[pn.pl.kā] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . we[.kā] home be[pres.sg.23] .

339This is my home.

298ऐसे लगता है ना कितने घर हो गये हैं आपके  ? aisē lagtā hai nā kitnē ghar hō gayē haĩ āpkē  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] āp[pn.pl.kē]  ? such x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ so home be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] you[.kē]  ?

340It feels like this, does it not? 341How many homes do you have?

299इतने घर किसके होंगे  ? itnē ghar kiskē hōṅgē  ? itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? such home who[.kē] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

342Would anyone else have so many homes?

300सभी कहते हो बाबा का घर है , बाबा के घर में जा रहे हैं . sabhī kahtē hō bābā kā ghar hai , bābā kē|K ghar mē̃ jā rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all say[pres.pl.m.2] Baba of home be[pres.sg.23] , Baba (of|K) home in go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 301कितने लाडले हो गये हो . kitnē lāḍlē hō gayē hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . so x be[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

343All of you say that this is Baba's home, that it is Baba's home and you are going to Baba's home.

302इसीलिए सदा खुश . isīliē sadā khuśh . isīliē sadā khuśh[adj.] . x constantly happy .

344So, you are especially loved.

303स्वप्न में भी दुःख की लहर नहीं आवे . svapn mē̃ bhī duḥkh kī|key lahar nahī̃ āvē . svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] . dream in too (sorrow|hurt[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave not come[opt.sg.23] . 304स्वप्न भी आवें तो खुशी के . svapn bhī āvē̃ tō khuśhī kē|K . svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . dream too come[opt.pl.12hon3] then happiness (of|K) .

345You should not experience any waves of sorrow even in your dreams.

305उदासी के नहीं , थकावट के नहीं , मूंझने वाले नहीं . udāsī kē|K nahī̃ , thakāvaṭ kē|K nahī̃ , mūñjhnē vālē nahī̃ . udāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|udāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] , thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] , mūnjhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . (unhappiness|x) (of|K) not , tiredness (of|K) not , be confused[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not . 306खुशी के . khuśhī kē|K . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . happiness (of|K) .

346Any dreams you have should be of happiness, not of sorrow, tiredness or confusion.

307तो ऐसे है  ? tō aisē hai  ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then such be[pres.sg.23]  ?

347So, is it like this?

308ऐसे खुश रहो जो आपका खुशी का चेहरा देख रोने वाले भी खुश हो जाएं . aisē khuśh rahō jō āpkā khuśhī kā chēhrā dēkh rōnē vālē bhī khuśh hō jāē̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . such happy remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you[.kā] happiness of face see[root] cry[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too happy be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 309ऐसी खुशी है ना  ? aisī khuśhī hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such happiness be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

348Remain happy to such an extent that when those who are crying see your face of happiness, they too will become happy.

310रोने वाले को हँसा सकते हो ना  ! rōnē vālē kō haṅsā saktē hō nā  ! rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] haṅsānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā  ! cry[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to make laugh[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅  !

349You have such happiness, do you not?

311चेहरा बदली नहीं हो . chēhrā badlī|badalī nahī̃ hō . chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|badalnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . face (change|change[past-part.f.]) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 312कभी ऐसा , कभी ऐसा नहीं . kabhī aisā , kabhī aisā nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . ever such , ever such not .

350You are able to make those who cry start to smile are you not?

313सदा मुस्कराता रहे . sadā muskarātā rahē . sadā muskarānā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . constantly smile[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . 314अच्छा - कितने परसेन्ट रिफ्रेश हुए  ? achchhā - kitnē percent refresh huē  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] percent refresh hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? achcha - so % refresh be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

351Don't change your face and make it sometimes like this and sometimes like that.

315100 परसेन्ट या 90 परसेन्ट  ? 100 percent yā 90 percent  ? 100 percent yā 90 percent  ? 100 % or 90 %  ?

352Constantly keep smiling. 353How refreshed have you become?

316101 परसेन्ट अच्छा . 101 percent achchhā . 101 percent achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . 101 % achcha .

354How refreshed have you become? 355100%?

317अच्छा - दूसरे वर्ष जब आयेंगे तो 101 होगा या नीचे जायेगा या ऊपर जायेगा  ? achchhā - dūsrē varṣh jab āyēṅgē tō 101 hōgā yā nīchē jāyēgā yā ūpar jāyēgā  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō 101 hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā nīchē jānā[fut.m.sg.23] yā ūpar jānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? achcha - other year when come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then 101 be[fut.m.sg.23] or down go[fut.m.sg.23] or over go[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

35699%? or 101%? 357Achcha, when you come here next year, will it be 101%? 358Will it go up or down? 359Achcha.

318सभी का ऊपर जायेगा  ! sabhī kā ūpar jāyēgā  ! sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ūpar jānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! all of over go[fut.m.sg.23]  !

360It will go up for everyone.

319जो समझते हैं देखेंगे , जाने के बाद पता पड़ेगा . jō samajhtē haĩ dēkhē̃gē , jānē kē bād patā paṛēgā . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kē bād[x] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) after knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23] . 320चाहते तो ऐसे हैं लेकिन देखेंगे , वह हाथ उठाओ . chāhtē tō aisē haĩ lēkin dēkhē̃gē , vah hāth uṭhāō . chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then such be[pres.pl.12hon3] but see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that raise your hands .

361Those who think that they will think about it; that they will know when they return to their respective places; those who feel that they do want this, but will first see about it, raise your hands!

321ऐसे कोई है . aisē kōī hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such some be[pres.sg.23] . 322फर्स्ट टाइम वाले हाथ उठाओ . first time vālē hāth uṭhāō . first[adj.] time vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . first time those who raise your hands .

362Those who have come here for the first time, raise your hand!

323अच्छा … . achchhā … . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] … . achcha … .

363Achcha.

324दूसरा ग्रुप - आबू निवासी , सेवाधारी , हॉस्पिटल निवासी तथा पार्टियों सेdūsrā group - ābū nivāsī , sēvādhārī , hospital nivāsī tathā party sēdūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group - ābū nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hospital nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tathā party sē[postp.]other group - Abu resident , server , hospital resident and party from325सभी अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य को देख हर्षित होते हैं  ? sabhī apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ  ? sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? all one’s own elevated x to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

364BapDada Meeting Abu Niwasis, Sevadharis, Hospital Niwasis and other groups:Are all of you happy to see your elevated fortune? 365Are you constantly cheerful?

326सदा हर्षित . sadā harṣhit . sadā harṣhit[adj.] . constantly cheerful .

366Not just sometimes?

327कभी-कभी तो नहीं  ? kabhī-kabhī tō nahī̃  ? kabhī[adv.] tō nahī̃[neg]  ? ever then not  ? 328सभी कहते हैं बाप मिला सब कुछ मिला . sabhī kahtē haĩ bāp milā sab kuchh milā . sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sab kuchh[x] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] father (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) everything (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

367All of you say that now you have found the Father you have found everything.

329जब सब मिला , तो जहाँ सर्व प्राप्ति हैं , वहाँ सदा खुशी है ही . jab sab milā , tō jahā̃ sarv prāpti haĩ , vahā̃ sadā khuśhī hai hī . jab sab[adj.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō jahā̃ sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vahā̃ sadā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . when all (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , then where there all attainment be[pres.pl.12hon3] , there constantly happiness be[pres.sg.23] only .

368Since you have found everything, and since you have attained everything, you are constantly happy.

330ऐसे है ना  ? aisē hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

369Is it like this?

331खुशी कम तब होती है जब कोई अप्राप्ति है . khuśhī cum|kam tab hōtī hai jab kōī aprāpti hai . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] tab hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] jab kōī[pn.;d.] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . happiness (x|less) for only then be[pres.sg.f.23] when some lack of attainment be[pres.sg.23] .

370Your happiness reduces when you lack attainment.

332तो कोई अप्राप्ति है क्या  ? tō kōī aprāpti hai kyā  ? tō kōī[pn.;d.] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? then some lack of attainment be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

371Is there any attainment you still lack?

333तो सदा खुश . tō sadā khuśh . tō sadā khuśh[adj.] . then constantly happy .

372So, you are constantly happy.

334खुशी अपनी खुराक है . khuśhī apnī khurāk hai . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] khurāk[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . happiness one’s own nourishment be[pres.sg.23] .

373Happiness is your nourishment.

335तो खुराक को कोई छोड़ता है क्या  ? tō khurāk kō kōī chhōṛtā hai kyā  ? tō khurāk[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] chhōṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā  ? then nourishment to some renounce[pres.sg.m.23] what  ?

374Would anyone stop taking their nourishment?

336तो सदा खुश रहने वाले , औरों को भी खुशी बांटते हैं . tō sadā khuśh rahnē vālē , aurō̃ kō bhī khuśhī bāṇṭtē haĩ . tō sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then constantly happy remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , others to too happiness distribute[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

375So, those who are constantly happy would also distribute that happiness to others.

337जब भी आपको कोई देखे तो खुशी की झलक दिखाई दे . jab bhī āpkō kōī dēkhē tō khuśhī kī|key jhalak dikhāī dē . jab bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jhalaknā[root]|jhalak[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . when too you[.kō] some (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) then happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (sparkle[root]|x) be visible .

376Whenever others look at you, they should see your sparkle of happiness.

338ऐसे अनुभव करते हो  ? aisē anubhav kartē hō  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? such experience do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

377Do you experience this?

339बापदादा सदा हर बच्चे को खुशनसीब की नज़र से देखते हैं . bāpdādā sadā har|her bachchē kō khuśhnasīb kī|key nazar sē dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā sadā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] khuśhnasīb[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada constantly (x|x[root]) child to having the fortune of happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

378BapDada constantly sees all His children as those who have the fortune of happiness.

340खुशनसीब हैं और खुशमिजाज हैं . khuśhnasīb haĩ aur khuśhamijāj haĩ . khuśhnasīb[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur khuśhmizāj[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . having the fortune of happiness be[pres.pl.12hon3] and x be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 341कभी चेहरा बदली तो नहीं होता  ? kabhī chēhrā badlī|badalī tō nahī̃ hōtā  ? kabhī[adv.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|badalnā[past-part.f.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? ever face (change|change[past-part.f.]) then not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

379You have the fortune of happiness and so your faces are full of happiness.

342थोड़ा सा सोच में , थोड़ा सा कनफ्युज़ चेहरा तो नहीं होता है ना  ! thōṛā sā sōch mē̃ , thōṛā sā kanaphyuz chēhrā tō nahī̃ hōtā hai nā  ! thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! short x think[root] in , short x x face then not be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

380Does your face ever change? 381You never become too busy in thinking and become a little confused, do you?

343या थोड़ा-थोड़ा हो जाते हो  ? yā thōṛā-thōṛā hō jātē hō  ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ? or short be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]  ?

382Or, do you sometimes become a little confused?

344कनफ्युज़ होते हो  ? kanaphyuz hōtē hō  ? x hōnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? x be[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

383Do you ever become confused?

345हाँ हाँ कह रहे हो  ? hā̃ hā̃ kah rahē hō  ? hā̃ hā̃ kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ? yes yes say[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ?

384Are you saying yes?

346कभी-कभी होते हैं . kabhī-kabhī hōtē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

385Sometimes, you do become a little confused.

347कभी-कभी भी नहीं . kabhī-kabhī bhī nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . ever too not .

386Don’t be those who sometimes become confused.

348बाप के बच्चे सदा एकरस रहते हैं . bāp kē|K bachchē sadā ēkras rahtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā ēkras[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father (of|K) child constantly constant and stable remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

387You children of the Father have to be constantly steady.

349कभी किस रस में , कभी किस रस में , नहीं . kabhī kis ras mē̃ , kabhī kis ras mē̃ , nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] ras[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , kabhī[adv.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] ras[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , nahī̃[neg] . ever (what|who) sweetness in , ever (what|who) sweetness in , not . 350एकरस , सदा खुश . ēkras , sadā khuśh . ēkras[adj.] , sadā khuśh[adj.] . constant and stable , constantly happy .

388You should not sometimes have one stage and sometimes another but remain constant and constantly happy.

351ठीक है ना  ? ṭhīk hai nā  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

389Is this OK? 390Now, do not change.

352अभी नहीं बदलना . abhī nahī̃ badalnā . ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now not change[inf.m.sg.d.] .

391Today, burn this! 392Finish it!

353आज के दिन इसको जला दो . āj kē|K din iskō jalā dō . āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] jalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . today (of|K) day this[.kō] burn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . 354खत्म . khatm . ḵẖatm[adj.] . finished . 355कुछ भी हो , बाप साथ है , मूंझने की क्या बात है . kuchh bhī hō , bāp sāth hai , mūñjhnē kī|key kyā bāt hai . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mūnjhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kyā bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , father with be[pres.sg.23] , be confused[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) what matter be[pres.sg.23] .

393No matter what happens, the Father is with you, and so what is there to be confused about. 394What is there to be confused about?

356कनफ्युज़ होने की क्या बात है . kanaphyuz hōnē kī|key kyā bāt hai . x hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kyā bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) what matter be[pres.sg.23] .

395Instead, take the help of Baba’s companionship.

357बाप के साथ का सहयोग लो , अकेले समझते हो तो मौज के बजाए मूंझ जाते हो . bāp kē sāth kā sahyōg lō|low , akēlē samajhtē hō tō mauj kē bajāē mūñjh jātē hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low , akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] kē bajāē[x] mūnjhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . father with of cooperation (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) , alone understand[pres.pl.m.2] then pleasure instead of be confused[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

396It is when you believe you are all alone that you become confused (moonj) instead of experiencing happiness (mauj).

358तो मूंझना नहीं . tō mūñjhnā nahī̃ . tō mūnjhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . then be confused[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

397So, don’t be confused.

359ठीक है ना  ? ṭhīk hai nā  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

398Is this OK?

360अभी भी मूंझेंगे . abhī bhī mūñjhēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] mūnjhnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . now too be confused[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

399Will you be confused?

361 ( नहीं ) अभी नहीं मूंझ रहे हो , मौज में हो इसलिए कहते हो कि नहीं मूंझेंगे  ! ( nahī̃ ) abhī nahī̃ mūñjh rahē hō , mauj mē̃ hō isliē kahtē hō ki nahī̃ mūñjhēṅgē  ! ( nahī̃[neg] ) ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] mūnjhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] isliē kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] mūnjhnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ! ( not ) now not be confused[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , pleasure in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) therefore say[pres.pl.m.2] that not be confused[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  !

400You will no longer become confused because you now know how to remain happy.

362कुछ भी हो जाए लेकिन मौज नहीं जाए . kuchh bhī hō jāē lēkin mauj nahī̃ jāē . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] lēkin mauj[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.sg.23]|jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] but pleasure not (go[opt.sg.23]|go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

401No matter what happens, you should not lose your happiness.

363ठीक है ना या मौज चली जायेगी  ? ṭhīk hai nā yā mauj chalī jāyēgī  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yā mauj[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[fut.f.sg.23.passive]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ or pleasure (continue[fut.f.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[fut.f.sg.23.passive])  ?

402Is this OK? 403Or, will you lose your happiness?

364मौज नहीं जानी चाहिए . mauj nahī̃ jānī chāhiē . mauj[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[imp.pl.2hon.past-part+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] . pleasure not (know[imp.pl.2hon.past-part+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) .

404You should not lose your happiness.

365सेवा का बल है तो उस बल को कार्य में लगाओ . sēvā kā bal hai tō us bal kō kārya mē̃ lagāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service of strength be[pres.sg.23] then that strength to task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

405You have the power of service; so use that power.

366सिर्फ सेवा नहीं करो लेकिन सेवा का बल जो बाप से मिलता है , उसको काम में लगाओ . sirph sēvā nahī̃ karō lēkin sēvā kā bal jō bāp sē miltā hai , uskō kām mē̃ lagāō . sirph[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only service not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but service of strength that father from receive[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] (task|lust) in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

406Don’t just do service, but also use the power of service that you receive from the Father.

367सिर्फ सेवा कर रहे हैं , सेवा कर रहे हैं तो थक जाते हो , मूंझ भी जाते हो लेकिन बाप के साथ का अनुभव , जहाँ बाप है वहाँ मौज ही मौज है . sirph sēvā kar rahē haĩ , sēvā kar rahē haĩ tō thak jātē hō , mūñjh bhī jātē hō lēkin bāp kē sāth kā anubhav , jahā̃ bāp hai vahā̃ mauj hī mauj hai . sirph[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō thaknā, phathaknā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , mūnjhnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jahā̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ mauj[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then become desperate[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , be confused[root] too go[pres.pl.m.2] but father with of experience , where there father be[pres.sg.23] there pleasure only pleasure be[pres.sg.23] .

407If you simply think that you are doing service, then you become tired and confused. 408However, when you experience of the Father’s company, when you have the Father with you, there should be nothing but happiness.

368तो साथ को इमर्ज करो , सुनाया ना - याद करते हो लेकिन साथ को यूज़ नहीं करते , इसीलिए मूंझ जाते हो . tō sāth kō emerge karō , sunāyā nā - yād kartē hō lēkin sāth kō use nahī̃ kartē , isīliē mūñjh jātē hō . tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā - yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] use nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , isīliē mūnjhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . then with to emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ - remember but with to use not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , x be confused[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

409So, keep His company emerged. 410You have previously been told that although you do remember Baba, you don’t use the company of the Father. 411This is why you become confused.

369संगमयुग मौजों का युग है या मूंझने का युग है  ? saṅgamyug maujō̃ kā yug hai yā mūñjhnē kā yug hai  ? saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mauj[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā mūnjhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? confluence age pleasure of age be[pres.sg.23] or be confused[inf.m.pl.,o.] of age be[pres.sg.23]  ?

412Is the confluence age the age to experience happiness or the age to experience confusion?

370मौज का है तो फिर मूंझते क्यों हो  ? mauj kā hai tō phir mūñjhtē kyō̃ hō  ? mauj[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? pleasure of be[pres.sg.23] then (turn[root]|then) be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

413It is the age experience happiness, so why do you become confused?

371अभी अपने जीवन की डिक्शनरी से मूंझना शब्द निकाल दो . abhī apnē jīvan kī|key dictionary sē mūñjhnā śhabda nikāl dō . ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dictionary sē[postp.] mūnjhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . now one’s own life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from be confused[inf.m.sg.d.] word x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

414Now remove the word “confused” from your life’s dictionary.

372निकाल लिया  ? nikāl liyā  ? nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]  ? x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]  ?

415Have you removed it?

373पक्का . pakkā . pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . firm .

416Are you sure?

374या थोड़ा-थोड़ा दिखाई देगा  ? yā thōṛā-thōṛā dikhāī dēgā  ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? or short be visible  ?

417Or, will it still be a little visible?

375एकदम मिटा दो . ēkdam miṭā dō . ēkdam miṭānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

418Erase it completely.

376परमात्मा के बच्चे और मौज में नहीं रहे तो और कौन रहेगा और कोई है क्या  ? paramātmā kē|K bachchē aur mauj mē̃ nahī̃ rahē tō aur kaun rahēgā aur kōī hai kyā  ? paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō aur kaun[pn.;d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur kōī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? Supreme Soul (of|K) child and pleasure in not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then and who remain[fut.m.sg.23] someone else be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

419If, as you, God’s children don’t experience happiness, then who else could? 420There is no one else.

377तो सदा मौज ही मौज है . tō sadā mauj hī mauj hai . tō sadā mauj[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then constantly pleasure only pleasure be[pres.sg.23] .

421So, you are constantly experiencing happiness.

378सभी अपनी ड्यूटी पर खुश हो  ? sabhī apnī duty par khuśh hō  ? sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] duty par[postp.]|par[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? all one’s own duty (at|other) happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

422Are all of you happy with your duties?

379या थोड़ा-थोड़ा ड्यूटी में खिटखिट है  ? yā thōṛā-thōṛā duty mē̃ khiṭkhiṭ hai  ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duty mē̃[postp.] khiṭ-khiṭ hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? or short duty in complication be[pres.sg.23]  ?

423Or, is there is a little conflict about your duties? 424You have no conflict do you?

380कुछ भी हो जाए , यह पेपर पास करना है . kuchh bhī hō jāē , yah paper pās|pass karnā hai . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] paper pās|pass karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , this paper (x|pass) do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

425No matter what happens, you have to pass this paper.

381बात नहीं है , पेपर है . bāt nahī̃ hai , paper hai . bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , paper hōnā[pres.sg.23] . matter not be[pres.sg.23] , paper be[pres.sg.23] .

426This is not a situation, but just a test paper.

382तो पेपर पास करने में खुशी होती है ना . tō paper pās|pass karnē mē̃ khuśhī hōtī hai nā . tō paper pās|pass karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . then paper (x|pass) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ . 383क्लास आगे बढ़ते हैं ना  ! class āgē baṛhtē haĩ nā  ! class āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! class previously grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

427When you pass a test paper, you experience happiness because you move higher in your class.

384तो बात हो गई , समस्या आ गई यह नहीं सोचो . tō bāt hō gaī , samasyā ā gaī yah nahī̃ sōchō . tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , samasyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then matter be[past-part.f..root+jānā] , problem come[past-part.f..root+jānā] this not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

428Therefore, don’t think that a situation or a problem has come up.

385पेपर आया पास हुआ , मौज मनाओ . paper āyā pās|pass huā , mauj manāō . paper ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] pās|pass hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . paper come[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x|pass) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , pleasure celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 386जब बच्चे पेपर पास करके आते हैं तो कितने मौज में होते हैं , मूंझते हैं क्या  ! jab bachchē paper pās|pass karkē ātē haĩ tō kitnē mauj mē̃ hōtē haĩ , mūñjhtē haĩ kyā  ! jab bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] paper pās|pass karnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , mūnjhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā  ! when child paper (x|pass) do[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then so pleasure in be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , be confused[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what  !

429Instead, understand that a paper came, which you passed, and are now experiencing happiness. 430When children go home after passing a test paper, they are so happy. 431Do they become confused?

387यह पेपर तो आयेंगे . yah paper tō āyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.d.] paper tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this paper then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

432So, this paper will come.

388पेपर ही अनुभव में आगे बढ़ाते हैं , इसलिए सदा मौज में रहने वाले . paper hī anubhav mē̃ āgē baṛhātē haĩ , isliē sadā mauj mē̃ rahnē vālē . paper hī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , isliē sadā mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . paper only experience in previously increase[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , therefore constantly pleasure in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

433It just comes to make you more experienced. 434Therefore, constantly experience happiness.

389सेवाधारी नहीं लेकिन मौज में रहने वाले . sēvādhārī nahī̃ lēkin mauj mē̃ rahnē vālē . sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . server not but pleasure in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

435You are not just servers, but those who experience happiness.

390सदा यह अपना टाइटल याद करो . sadā yah apnā title yād karō . sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly this (adopt[root]|one’s own) title remember .

436Constantly remember this title.

391हॉस्पिटल के सेवाधारी हैं , नहीं , मौज में रहने वाले सेवाधारी हैं . hospital kē|K sēvādhārī haĩ , nahī̃ , mauj mē̃ rahnē vālē sēvādhārī haĩ . hospital kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , nahī̃[neg] , mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . hospital (of|K) server be[pres.pl.12hon3] , not , pleasure in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who server be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

437No matter where you are, it’s not that you are the servers at the hospital, but servers who constantly experience happiness.

392अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

438Achcha.

393डाक्टर्स तो मौज में रहते हो ना  ? doctors tō mauj mē̃ rahtē hō nā  ? doctor tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? doctor then pleasure in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

439Doctors constantly experience happiness.

394पेशेन्ट को मौज दिलाने वाले . patient kō mauj dilānē vālē . patient kō[postp.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x to pleasure x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

440You make your patients happy. 441Very good!

395बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha . 396 ( बापदादा सभी से हाथ उठवाकर मिल रहे हैं . ( bāpdādā sabhī sē hāth uṭhvākar mil rahē haĩ . ( bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[abs.] milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ( BapDada all from hand make raise[abs.] receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

442(BapDada then met different groups by asking them to raise their hand.)

397) ) ) ) 398सभी बहुत-बहुत पुण्य का खाता जमा कर रहे हो . sabhī bahut-bahut puṇya kā khātā jamā kar rahē hō . sab[adv.hī] bahut puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . all very accounts of charity accumulate .

443You are all accumulating a lot of charity in your account.

399वैरायटी गुलदस्ता सबसे प्यारा लगता है . variety guldastā sabsē pyārā lagtā hai . variety guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sabsē pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . variety bouquet the most loving x[pres.sg.m.23] .

444Everyone loves a bouquet of various flowers because of its beauty.

400वैरायटी की सदा शोभा होती है , सुन्दरता होती है , इसलिए प्यारा लगता है . variety kī|key sadā śhōbhā hōtī hai , sundartā hōtī hai , isliē pyārā lagtā hai . variety karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sadā śhōbhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , sundartā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , isliē pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . variety (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) constantly x[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres.sg.f.23] , x be[pres.sg.f.23] , therefore loving x[pres.sg.m.23] .

445Anything with variety is always beautiful. 446Because it is beautiful it is loved by everyone.

401तो स्थान अनेक हैं लेकिन हैं सब एक . tō sthān anēk haĩ lēkin haĩ sab ēk . tō sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] . then place many be[pres.pl.12hon3] but be[pres.pl.12hon3] all one .

447You come from many different places, but all of you are united.

402एक ही लक्ष्य है , एक ही मत है और एक ही बाप है , एक ही परिवार है और अवस्था भी एकरस . ēk hī lakṣhya hai , ēk hī mat hai aur ēk hī bāp hai , ēk hī parivār hai aur avasthā bhī ēkras . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] mat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur avasthā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ēkras[adj.] . one only aim be[pres.sg.23] , one only directions be[pres.sg.23] and one only father be[pres.sg.23] , one only family be[pres.sg.23] and stage too constant and stable .

448You all have the one aim, the one direction, the one Father. 449You all belong to the one family and so your stage is also steady and constant.

403एकरस है ना  ? ēkras hai nā  ? ēkras[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? constant and stable be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

450It is steady and constant, is it not?

404और रस में नहीं जाना , माया खा जायेगी . aur ras mē̃ nahī̃ jānā , māyā khā jāyēgī . aur ras[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] khānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . and sweetness in not (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) , Maya eat[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . 405इसलिए एकरस रहना . isliē ēkras rahnā . isliē ēkras[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore constant and stable remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

451Do not become caught up in other things, but remain constantly steady, otherwise Maya will eat you!

406माया को भी आपसे प्यार है ना . māyā kō bhī āpsē pyār hai nā . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Maya to too you[.sē] love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

452Therefore, remain constantly steady. 453Maya also loves you.

40763 जन्मों का प्यार है . 63 janmō̃ kā pyār hai . 63 janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . 63 life of love be[pres.sg.23] .

454She has loved you for sixty­three births.

408लेकिन आप जानते हो कि माया से प्यार रखना है या बाप से  ? lēkin āp jāntē hō ki māyā sē pyār rakhnā hai yā bāp sē  ? lēkin āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.]  ? but you know[pres.pl.m.2] that Maya from love keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or father from  ?

455However, you know whether you should love the Father or Maya.

409तो जहाँ बाप होगा वहाँ माया नहीं आयेगी . tō jahā̃ bāp hōgā vahā̃ māyā nahī̃ āyēgī . tō jahā̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vahā̃ māyā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . then where there father be[fut.m.sg.23] there Maya not come[fut.f.sg.23] .

456You know that wherever the Father is, Maya cannot be.

410माया भाग जायेगी , हिम्मत ही नहीं होगी बाप के नजदीक आने की . māyā bhāg jāyēgī , himmat hī nahī̃ hōgī bāp kē|K najdīk ānē kī|key . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhāgnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazdīk ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . Maya run[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] , courage only not be[fut.f.sg.23] father (of|K) x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

457Maya would run away. 458She would never be brave enough to come close to the Father.

411कोई भी परिस्थिति आवे तो दिल से बाबा कहा , परिस्थिति भागी . kōī bhī paristhiti āvē tō dil sē bābā kahā , paristhiti bhāgī . kōī bhī[x] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhāgnā[past-part.f.] . anyone circumstances come[opt.sg.23] then heart from Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , circumstances run[past-part.f.] . 412अनुभव है ना  ! anubhav hai nā  ! anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! experience be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

459No matter what situation comes up, as soon as you say “Baba” from your heart, the situation will vanish.

413भगाना आता है या बिठाना आता है  ? bhagānā ātā hai yā biṭhānā ātā hai  ? bhagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā biṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? chase away[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] or x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

460You do know how to chase her away, do you not?

414उसको बिठाना नहीं . uskō biṭhānā nahī̃ . vah[pn.sg.kō] biṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . that[.kō] x[inf.m.sg.d.] not . 415भगाओ , दूर से भगाओ . bhagāō , dūr sē bhagāō . bhagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] bhagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . chase away[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , distant from chase away[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

461Or, is it that you only know how to invite her in and sit her down?

416आ जावे फिर निकालने की मेहनत करो , वह भी नहीं करना . ā jāvē phir nikālnē kī|key mēhnat karō , vah bhī nahī̃ karnā . ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that too not do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 417दूर से ही भगाओ . dūr sē hī bhagāō . dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] bhagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . distant from only chase away[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

462Do you make her sit with you, but chase her away from afar. 463If she comes you should not have to make effort to remove her.

418बाप का हाथ पकड़ लो तो देखेगी यह तो बाप का हाथ पकड़ा हुआ है तो भाग जायेगी . bāp kā hāth pakaṛ lō tō dēkhēgī yah tō bāp kā hāth pakaṛā huā hai tō bhāg jāyēgī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakaṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō dēkhnā[fut.f.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakaṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō bhāgnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . father of hand x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] then see[fut.f.sg.23] this then father of hand x[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then run[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

464Keep hold of the Father’s hand and chase her away from a distance. 465When she sees that you are holding the Father’s hand, she will run away.

419तो सदा मायाजीत . tō sadā māyājīt . tō sadā māyājīt[adj.] . then constantly x . 420ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

466So, you know how to conquer Maya constantly, do you not?

421देखो आज नजदीक में तो बैठे हो ना . dēkhō āj najdīk mē̃ tō baiṭhē hō nā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āj nazdīk mē̃[postp.] tō baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] today x in then sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ .

467Is this OK? 468Look, today, you are sitting close.

422चांस तो मिला ना . chance tō milā nā . chance tō milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . chance then (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ .

469You have received this chance today.

423अभी तो नहीं कहेंगे हमको तो कभी चांस नहीं मिला . abhī tō nahī̃ kahē̃gē hamkō tō kabhī chance nahī̃ milā . ab[adv.hī] tō nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō kabhī[adv.] chance nahī̃[neg] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . now then not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] we[.kō] then ever chance not (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

470Now, don’t say that you never receive a chance. 471You have received a chance.

424मिल गया ना  ? mil gayā nā  ? milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā  ? receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅  ? 425बड़ा परिवार है तो बांटकर मिलता है . baṛā parivār hai tō bāṇṭkar miltā hai . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāṇṭnā[abs.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . very family be[pres.sg.23] then distribute[abs.] receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

472This is a big family and so everything has to be shared.

426अच्छा तो सब खुशराजी . achchhā tō sab khuśarājī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō sab[adj.] x . achcha then all x .

473Achcha. 474So, are you all happy and content?

427बापदादा का शब्द याद है ना - सदा . bāpdādā kā śhabda yād hai nā - sadā . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā - sadā . BapDada of word remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ - constantly .

475Do you remember BapDada’s word “Constantly”!

428कभी कभी वाले नहीं , सदा . kabhī kabhī vālē nahī̃ , sadā . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , sadā . ever ever those who not , constantly .

476Not just sometimes, but constantly!

429हॉस्पिटल वाले भी अच्छी मेहनत कर रहे हैं . hospital vālē bhī achchhī mēhnat kar rahē haĩ . hospital vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . hospital those who too achcha effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

477Those of you who work at the hospital are working very hard.

430हॉस्पिटल का कार्य भी बढ़ रहा है . hospital kā kārya bhī baṛh rahā hai . hospital kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . hospital of task too grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

478The service done at the hospital is also increasing.

431अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

479Achcha.

432तीसरा ग्रुप — मधुबन निवासी भाई-बहनों सेtīsrā group — madhuban nivāsī bhāī-bahanō̃ sētīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group — madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]third group — Madhuban resident brother and sister from433मधुबन निवासी अर्थात् कर्म में मधुरता और वृत्ति में बेहद का वैराग्य . madhuban nivāsī arthāt karma mē̃ madhurtā aur vr̥itti mē̃ bēhad kā vairāgya . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] madhurtā[n.f.;sg.] aur vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Madhuban resident that is deed in sweetness and attitude in unlimited disinterest .

480BapDada Meeting Madhuban Niwasi Brothers and Sisters:To be a Madhuban niwasi (resident of Madhuban) means to have sweetness in your actions and unlimited distaste in your attitude.

434वन में क्या होता है  ? one mē̃ kyā hōtā hai  ? one mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? one in what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

481What happens in a forest?

435बेहद का वैराग्य होता है ना  ! bēhad kā vairāgya hōtā hai nā  ! bēhad kā[x] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! unlimited disinterest be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

482There is unlimited disinterest, is there not?

436तो मधुबन निवासी अर्थात् एकस्ट्रा गिफ्ट के अधिकारी . tō madhuban nivāsī arthāt extra gift kē|K adhikārī . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt extra gift kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Madhuban resident that is extra gift (of|K) (one) who has a right .

483So, to be a Madhuban niwasi means to have the right to an extra gift. 484You have this gift, do you not?

437गिफ्ट है ना  ! gift hai nā  ! gift hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! gift be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

485You are so carefree!

438कितने निश्चिंत हो . kitnē niśhchint hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchint[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . so without worry (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

486Simply perform your duty and remain happy.

439अपनी ड्युटी बजाई और मौज में रहे . apnī duty bajāī aur mauj mē̃ rahē . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] duty bajānā[past-part.f.] aur mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . one’s own duty play[past-part.f.] and pleasure in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

487You are free from having to go to work or looking after students, are you not?

440मदोगरी करनी है , जिज्ञासुओं को सम्भालना है , इससे तो फ्री हैं ना  ! madōgarī karnī hai , jigyāsuō̃ kō sambhālnā hai , issē tō free haĩ nā  ! x karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , jigyāsu[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.sē] tō free hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , x to be careful[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this[.sē] then free be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

488The maximum time you have to perform your duties is eight hours. 489That is also quite short.

441ज्यादा में ज्यादा 8 घण्टा ड्यूटी . jyādā mē̃ jyādā 8 ghaṇṭā duty . jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] 8 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] duty . at the most 8 hour duty . 442कम ही है . cum|kam hī hai . cum|kam[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|less) only be[pres.sg.23] .

490Sometimes you do have to work a little longer, but, you don’t have any other responsibilities, do you?

443इतफाक कभी एक्स्ट्रा देनी पड़ती होगी . itaphāk kabhī extra dēnī paṛtī hōgī . itaphāk[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] extra dēnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . x ever extra give[inf.f.] fall[pres-part.f.] be[fut.f.sg.23] .

491The electricians have their own responsibility to look after.

444लेकिन और जिम्मेवारी तो नहीं है ना . lēkin aur jimmēvārī tō nahī̃ hai nā . lēkin aur zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . but and responsibility then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

492You have just the one duty. 493You don’t have many duties.

445चलो बिजली वाले को बिजली की जिम्मेवारी या जो भी ड्यूटी है , एक ही ड्युटी है ना . chalō bijlī vālē kō bijlī kī|key jimmēvārī yā jō bhī duty hai , ēk hī duty hai nā . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bijlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bijlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] duty hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] duty hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] light those who to light (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) responsibility or that too duty be[pres.sg.23] , one only duty be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 446अनेक तो नहीं है . anēk tō nahī̃ hai . anēk[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . many then not be[pres.sg.23] .

494So, BapDada has given you eight hours to perform your duty. 495Sometimes, that may even become 12 hours, but, nevertheless, you have eight hours rest.

447तो 8 घण्टा तो ड्यूटी के लिए बापदादा ने दिया है , कभी 12 घण्टा भी हो जाता होगा , तो भी 8 घण्टा आराम , अच्छा 12 घण्टा ड्यूटी तो भी 4 घण्टा तो बचता है . tō 8 ghaṇṭā tō duty kē liē bāpdādā nē diyā hai , kabhī 12 ghaṇṭā bhī hō jātā hōgā , tō bhī 8 ghaṇṭā ārām , achchhā 12 ghaṇṭā duty tō bhī 4 ghaṇṭā tō bachtā hai . tō 8 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō duty kē liē[x] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] 12 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tō bhī[x] 8 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ārām[x] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] 12 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] duty tō bhī[x] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō bachnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then 8 hour then duty for BapDada ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ever 12 hour too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] , ∅ 8 hour comfort , achcha 12 hour duty ∅ 4 hour then x[pres.sg.m.23] .

496If you are on duty for 12 hours, you still have 4 hours left. 497You wouldn’t have to perform your duty for more than 12 hours. 498Do you have to do this? 499The whole day is included in 12 hours.

44812 घण्टा से ज्यादा तो ड्यूटी होगी नहीं . 12 ghaṇṭā sē jyādā tō duty hōgī nahī̃ . 12 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō duty hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . 12 hour from more then duty be[fut.f.sg.23] not . 44912 घण्टे में तो सारा दिन आ गया . 12 ghaṇṭē mē̃ tō sārā din ā gayā . 12 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 12 hour in then the whole day come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

500If sometimes, you have to perform your duty at night, then you would be a little light during the day. 501So, at least you have 4 hours.

450फिर कभी रात को करनी पड़ती होगी तो दिन में हल्का होगा . phir kabhī rāt kō karnī paṛtī hōgī tō din mē̃ halkā hōgā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kabhī[adv.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) ever night to (x|do[inf.f.]) fall[pres-part.f.] be[fut.f.sg.23] then day in light be[fut.m.sg.23] .

502Only some of you have to be on duty for 12 hours. 503Therefore, do you have at least 4 hours of powerful yoga?

451तो कम से कम 4 घण्टा पावरफुल योग रहता है  ? tō kam sē kam 4 ghaṇṭā powerful yōg rahtā hai  ? tō kam sē kam[x] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] powerful yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then at least 4 hour powerful yoga remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

504Do you have constant remembrance? 505Do you have this or not?

452निरन्तर याद तो है ही लेकिन पावरफुल याद वह कम से कम 4 घण्टे है  ? nirantar yād tō hai hī lēkin powerful yād vah kam sē kam 4 ghaṇṭē hai  ? nirantar[x] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin powerful yād[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] kam sē kam[x] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x remembrance then be[pres.sg.23] only but powerful remembrance that at least 4 hour be[pres.sg.23]  ?

506You do have remembrance, but do you have a minimum of 4 hours of powerful remembrance? 507You are not saying yes.

453तो मधुबन निवासियों को स्पेशल अटेन्शन रखना है कि हमें चारों ओर पावरफुल याद के वायब्रेशन फैलाने हैं क्योंकि आप ऊँचे-ते-ऊँचे स्थान पर बैठे हो . tō madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō special attention rakhnā hai ki hamē̃ chārō̃ ōr powerful yād kē|K vibration phailānē haĩ kyōṅki āp ū̃cē-tē-ū̃cē sthān par baiṭhē hō . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] special attention rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] chārō̃ ōr[x] powerful yād[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration phailānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] x sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . then Madhuban resident to special attention keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that we[.kō] everywhere powerful remembrance (of|K) vibrations spread[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] because you x place (at|other) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

508Why? 509You are free for 4 hours, are you not? 510BapDada has allowed you 4 hours, so you still have 4 hours. 511So, Madhuban niwasis have to pay special attention to spread powerful vibrations everywhere because you are sitting at the most elevated place.

454स्थान तो ऊँचा है ना  ! sthān tō ū̃chā hai nā  ! sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! place then elevated be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

512This place is the most elevated, is it not?

455इससे ऊँचा तो कोई है नहीं . issē ū̃chā tō kōī hai nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.sē] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . this[.sē] elevated then some be[pres.sg.23] not .

513There is nowhere more elevated than this.

456तो ऊँची टावर जो होती है , वह क्या करती है  ? tō ūñchī tower jō hōtī hai , vah kyā kartī hai  ? tō ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tower jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? then elevated tower that be[pres.sg.f.23] , that what do[pres.sg.f.23]  ? 457सकाश देती है ना  ! sakāśh dētī hai nā  ! sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā  ! sakaash give[pres.sg.f.23] ∅  !

514So, what does the highest tower do? 515It sends out powerful rays (sakaash) and spreads light and might.

458लाइट माइट फैलाते हैं ना . light might phailātē haĩ nā . light might phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . light might spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ . 459तो कम से कम 4 घण्टे ऐसे समझो हम ऊंचे ते ऊंचे स्थान पर बैठ विश्व को लाइट और माइट दे रहा हूँ . tō kam sē kam 4 ghaṇṭē aisē samjhō ham ūñchē tē ūñchē sthān par baiṭh viśhva kō light aur might dē rahā hū̃ . tō kam sē kam[x] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[root] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] light aur might dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.1] . then at least 4 hour such understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we elevated from elevated place (at|other) sit[root] world to light and might give[pres.sg.m.prog.1] .

516So, you should do more than 4 hours, but 4 hours is the minimum you should be considering yourself seated on the most elevated place and sending out light and might to the whole world.

460यह तो आपको अच्छी तरह से अनुभव है कि मधुबन का वायब्रेशन चाहे कमजोरी का , चाहे पावर का - दोनों ही बहुत जल्दी फैलता है . yah tō āpkō achchhī tarah sē anubhav hai ki madhuban kā vibration chāhē kamjōrī kā , chāhē power kā - dōnō̃ hī bahut jaldī phailtā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] power kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - dōnō̃ hī[p.] bahut jaldī phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this then you[.kō] achcha x from experience be[pres.sg.23] that Madhuban of vibrations (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) weakness of , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) power of - x only very very quickly spread[pres.sg.m.23] . 461अनुभव है ना  ! anubhav hai nā  ! anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! experience be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

517You have experienced how well the vibrations of Madhuban, whether of weakness or power spread very quickly. 518You have experienced this, have you not? 519Do you Pandavas have this experience?

462मधुबन में सुई भी गिरती है तो वह आवाज भी पहुंचता है क्योंकि मधुबन निवासियों की तरफ सबका अटेन्शन होता है . madhuban mē̃ suī bhī girtī hai tō vah āvāj bhī pahuñchtā hai kyōṅki madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kī|key taraph sabkā attention hōtā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] suī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] girnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Madhuban in needle too fall down[pres.sg.f.23] then that noise too reach[pres.sg.m.23] because Madhuban resident (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction everyone's attention be[pres.sg.m.23] .

520Even if a needle falls on the floor in Madhuban, that sound reaches everywhere because everyone’s attention is towards the Madhuban niwasis.

463मधुबन वाले समझो विजय प्राप्त करने और कराने के निमित्त हैं . madhuban vālē samjhō vijay prāpt karnē aur karānē kē nimitt haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban those who understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] victory reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] and make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

521The Madhuban niwasis have to gain victory and become instruments to inspire others to become victorious.

464मधुबन की महिमा कितनी सुनते हो  ! madhuban kī|key mahimā kitnī suntē hō  ! madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ! Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise so listen[pres.pl.m.2]  !

522You hear so much praise of Madhuban, do you not?

465मधुबन के गीत भी गाते हो ना . madhuban kē|K gīt bhī gātē hō nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . Madhuban (of|K) x too sing[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

523You also sing songs of Madhuban.

466तो मधुबन के दीवारों की महिमा है या मधुबन निवासियों की महिमा है  ! tō madhuban kē|K dīvārō̃ kī|key mahimā hai yā madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kī|key mahimā hai  ! tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dīvār[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! then Madhuban (of|K) wall (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise be[pres.sg.23] or Madhuban resident (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise be[pres.sg.23]  !

524So, is the praise of the walls of Madhuban or of the Madhuban niwasis? 525Whose praise is it?

467किसकी महिमा है  ? kiskī mahimā hai  ? kaun[pn.sg.kī] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? who[.kī] praise be[pres.sg.23]  ? 468आप सबकी . āp sabkī . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . you everyone's .

526It is the praise of all of you.

469तो ऐसे अपनी जिम्मेवारी समझो . tō aisē apnī jimmēvārī samjhō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such one’s own responsibility understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

527So, consider this to be your responsibility.

470सिर्फ अपना काम किया , ड्यूटी पूरी की यह जिम्मेवारी नहीं . sirph apnā kām kiyā , duty pūrī kī|key yah jimmēvārī nahī̃ . sirph[adj.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , duty pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yah[pn.sg.d.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . only (adopt[root]|one’s own) (task|lust) do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , duty (full|puri) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this responsibility not .

528Simply doing your work and fulfilling your duty is not your responsibility.

471मधुबन का वायुमण्डल चारों ओर वायुमण्डल बनाता है . madhuban kā vāyumaṇḍal chārō̃ ōr vāyumaṇḍal banātā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Madhuban of atmosphere everywhere atmosphere create[pres.sg.m.23] .

529The atmosphere of Madhuban creates the atmosphere everywhere else.

472बापदादा को खुशी है कि आपस में संगठन बनाकर उन्नति के प्लैन वा रूहरिहान करते हैं . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki āpas mē̃ saṅgaṭhan banākar unnati kē|K plan vā rūhrihān kartē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āpas mē̃[x] saṅgaṭhan[x] banānā[abs.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan vā rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that with each other gathering create[abs.] self-progress (of|K) plan or spiritual conversation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

530BapDada is pleased to see that many of you get together in a gathering to plan and have spiritual discussions on how to make progress. 531This is very good.

473यह बहुत अच्छा है , इसको छोड़ना नहीं . yah bahut achchhā hai , iskō chhōṛnā nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kō] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . this very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kō] renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not .

532Don’t stop doing this. 533There is benefit within those gatherings.

474संगठन में लाभ होता है और सारा दिन समझो कर्मणा किया , थोड़ा समय भी आपस में उन्नति की रूहरिहान करने से चेंज हो जाते हैं . saṅgaṭhan mē̃ lābh hōtā hai aur sārā din samjhō karmaṇā kiyā , thōṛā samay bhī āpas mē̃ unnati kī|key rūhrihān karnē sē change hō jātē haĩ . saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karmaṇā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āpas mē̃[x] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rūhrihān[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] change hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . gathering in x be[pres.sg.m.23] and the whole day understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , short time too with each other self-progress (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) spiritual conversation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from change be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 475उमंग-उत्साह भी बढ़ता है . umaṅg-utsāh bhī baṛhtā hai . umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . zeal and enthusiasm too grow[pres.sg.m.23] .

534After doing physical work throughout the day, by having a spiritual conversation amongst yourselves for even a short time, you can experience a change and your zeal and enthusiasm also increases.

476तो बापदादा को यह अच्छा लगता है , जो ग्रुप बनाकर बैठते हो उसको हल्का नहीं करो और पावरफुल बनाओ . tō bāpdādā kō yah achchhā lagtā hai , jō group banākar baiṭhtē hō uskō halkā nahī̃ karō aur powerful banāō . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , jō[pn.;d.] group banānā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.kō] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur powerful banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada to this enjoy , that group create[abs.] sit[pres.pl.m.2] that[.kō] light not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

535Therefore, BapDada likes this very much. 536Don’t become slack about sitting together in the groups. 537Make them even more powerful.

477मिस भी नहीं करना चाहिए . miss bhī nahī̃ karnā chāhiē . miss bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . miss too not (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .

538Never miss attending them.

478आप समझो हमारे में तो ताकत है , हमने तो सब कुछ कर लिया है , नहीं . āp samjhō hamārē mē̃ tō tākat hai , hamnē tō sab kuchh kar liyā hai , nahī̃ . āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.kē] mē̃[postp.] tō tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.nē] tō sab kuchh[x] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , nahī̃[neg] . you understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we[.kē] in then power be[pres.sg.23] , we[.nē] then everything do[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , not .

539You must not think that you have enough power and that you have already done everything.

479सहयोग देना भी सेवा है . sahyōg dēnā bhī sēvā hai . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . cooperation give[inf.m.sg.d.] too service be[pres.sg.23] .

540To give your co­ operation is also service.

480बैठने की जरूरत नहीं हो , लेकिन बैठना - यह बहुत सेवा है . baiṭhnē kī|key jarūrat nahī̃ hō , lēkin baiṭhnā - yah bahut sēvā hai . baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but sit[inf.m.sg.d.] - this very service be[pres.sg.23] .

541Perhaps you don’t need to sit in the group, but to do that is also a great service.

481बापदादा ने समाचार सुना है , अच्छा है . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā hai , achchhā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ news listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

542BapDada has heard very good news.

482इसको और बढ़ाओ . iskō aur baṛhāō . yah[pn.sg.kō] aur baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kō] and increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

543Now, increase this a little more.

483मुरली तो सुनते हो लेकिन मुरली सुनने के बाद कर्मणा में चले जाते हो तो बीच-बीच में कर्म कान्सेस भी हो जाते हो . murlī tō suntē hō lēkin murlī sunnē kē bād karmaṇā mē̃ chalē jātē hō tō bīch-bīch mē̃ karma conscious bhī hō jātē hō . murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō sunnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] karmaṇā mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] tō bīch-bīch mē̃[x] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] conscious bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . flute then listen[pres.pl.m.2] but flute listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] after x in (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) then x deed conscious too be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

544You listen to the murli, but you also become engrossed in your karma yoga and so, every now and then, you become karma conscious.

484कुछ योग लगाते हो , कुछ कर्म कान्सेस हो जाते हो . kuchh yōg lagātē hō , kuchh karma conscious hō jātē hō . kuchh yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] , kuchh karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] conscious hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . anything yoga attach[pres.pl.m.2] , anything deed conscious be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

545Sometimes you have yoga and sometimes you become karma conscious.

485लेकिन आपस में ऐसी रूहरिहान करना - यह एक दो को रिफ्रेश करना है . lēkin āpas mē̃ aisī rūhrihān karnā - yah ēk dō kō refresh karnā hai . lēkin āpas mē̃[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] refresh karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . but with each other such spiritual conversation do[inf.m.sg.d.] - this one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to refresh do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 486वायुमण्डल को पावरफुल बनाना है . vāyumaṇḍal kō powerful banānā hai . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] powerful banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . atmosphere to powerful create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

546However, have such a heart­to­heart conversation amongst yourselves that you refresh one another, and create a powerful atmosphere.

487तो इस खुशखबरी पर बाबा बहुत खुश है . tō is khuśhkhabarī par bābā bahut khuśh hai . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bābā bahut khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this good news (at|other) Baba very happy be[pres.sg.23] .

547So BapDada is very pleased to hear this good news.

488अभी सबको कम से कम 4 घण्टे का चार्ट दादी को देना चाहिए . abhī sabkō kam sē kam 4 ghaṇṭē kā chart dādī kō dēnā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] sabkō kam sē kam[x] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|dēnā[.oblig3] . now everything at least 4 hour of chart Dadi to (give[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|give[.oblig3]) .

548Now, each of you has to give a chart of at least 4 hours of remembrance to Dadiji.

489पसन्द है  ? pasand hai  ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

549Do you like that?

4904 से 6 हो जाए तो कम नहीं करना . 4 sē 6 hō jāē tō cum|kam nahī̃ karnā . 4 sē[postp.] 6 hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . 4 from 6 be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

550Don’t make it any less if it become 6 hours instead of 4 hours.

4916 हो जाए , 8 हो जाए बहुत अच्छा . 6 hō jāē , 8 hō jāē bahut achchhā . 6 hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , 8 hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . 6 be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , 8 be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] very achcha .

551If it becomes 6 or 8 hours that’s even better.

492लेकिन कम से कम 4 घण्टा , इकठ्ठा नहीं मिले कोई हर्जा नहीं . lēkin kam sē kam 4 ghaṇṭā , ikaṭhṭhā nahī̃ milē kōī harjā nahī̃ . lēkin kam sē kam[x] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . but at least 4 hour , together not (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) some x not .

552If you don’t have 4 hours all together at the same time, it doesn’t matter.

4935 मिनट 10 मिनट पावरफुल स्टेज बनाओ - टोटल में 4 घण्टा होना चाहिए . 5 minute 10 minute powerful stage banāō - total mē̃ 4 ghaṇṭā hōnā chāhiē . 5 minute 10 minute powerful stage banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - total mē̃[postp.] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . 5 minute 10 minute powerful stage create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - total in 4 hour (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

553By creating a powerful stage for 5 to 10 minutes every now and then, you should be able to total that up to 4 hours.

494चाहे आधा घण्टा मिलता है , चाहे 5 मिनट मिलता है लेकिन जमा 4 घण्टा होना चाहिए . chāhē ādhā ghaṇṭā miltā hai , chāhē 5 minute miltā hai lēkin jamā 4 ghaṇṭā hōnā chāhiē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] 5 minute milnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) half hour receive[pres.sg.m.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) 5 minute receive[pres.sg.m.23] but (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) 4 hour (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

554Whether you have half an hour or 5 minutes, you should accumulate a minimum of 4 hours.

495हो सकता है  ? hō saktā hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

555Is this possible?

496जो समझते हैं हो सकता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ hō saktā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that raise your hands .

556Those who think that this is possible, raise your hand.

497अच्छा यह तो सभी एवररेडी हैं . achchhā yah tō sabhī ever ready haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha this then all ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

557Achcha, all of you are ever­ready.

498बापदादा खुश है , हिम्मत बहुत अच्छी है . bāpdādā khuśh hai , himmat bahut achchhī hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , courage very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

558BapDada is very pleased to see that you are very courageous.

499बापदादा एकस्ट्रा मदद देगा , हिम्मत नहीं हारना . bāpdādā extra madad dēgā , himmat nahī̃ hārnā . bāpdādā extra madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hārnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada extra x give[fut.m.sg.23] , courage not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

559BapDada will give you extra help. 560Simply stay courageous.

500हिम्मत रखेंगे तो परिवार की भी मदद , बड़ों का भी मन से सहयोग मिलेगा . himmat rakhē̃gē tō parivār kī|key bhī madad , baṛō̃ kā bhī man sē sahyōg milēgā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] , baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . courage keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x , very of too mind from cooperation receive[fut.m.sg.23] .

561By remaining courageous, you will receive help from the family and co­operation from the seniors.

501और बापदादा तो एक का पदमगुणा देता ही है . aur bāpdādā tō ēk kā padamguṇā dētā hī hai . aur bāpdādā tō ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and BapDada then one of multimillion-fold give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

562BapDada gives a multimillion­fold return for one, all the time.

502तो सबको पसन्द है  ? tō sabkō pasand hai  ? tō sabkō pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then everything love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

563Do you all like this?

503अच्छा - 4 घण्टे से कम नहीं करना . achchhā - 4 ghaṇṭē sē cum|kam nahī̃ karnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha - 4 hour from (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

564Achcha. 565Don’t let it become less than 4 hours.

504एक दिन अगर 4 घण्टे नहीं हो तो दूसरे दिन 6 घण्टे करके 4 घण्टे पूरे करना . ēk din agar 4 ghaṇṭē nahī̃ hō tō dūsrē din 6 ghaṇṭē karkē 4 ghaṇṭē pūrē karnā . ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] 6 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[abs.] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one day if 4 hour not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then other day 6 hour do[abs.] 4 hour full do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 505कर सकते हो  ? kar saktē hō  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

566If you are unable to have 4 hours remembrance one day, have 6 hours of remembrance the next day to make up that four hours.

506देखो , सोच समझकर हाँ करो . dēkhō , sōch samajhkar hā̃ karō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sōchnā[root] samajhnā[abs.] hā̃ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , think[root] understand[abs.] yes do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

567Are you able to do this?

507अभी प्रभाव में आकर हाँ नहीं करो . abhī prabhāv mē̃ ākar hā̃ nahī̃ karō . ab[adv.hī] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] hā̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x in come[abs.] yes not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

568Look, say yes only after careful consideration.

508कर सकते हैं  ? kar saktē haĩ  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]  ? 509 ( दादी से ) देख रही हो ना . ( dādī sē ) dēkh rahī hō nā . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) dēkhnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] nā . ( Dadi from ) see[pres.pl.f.acc.2] ∅ .

569Don’t say yes just by being influenced by everyone around you.

510सभी ने हाथ उठाया है . sabhī nē hāth uṭhāyā hai . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all ∅ raise your hands .

570Are you able to do this?

511इन्हों को तो मुबारक का इनाम है . inhō̃ kō tō mubārak kā inām hai . yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] inām[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this to then congratulations of prize be[pres.sg.23] .

571(Speaking to Dadiji): You are looking at all this, are you not?

512एडवांस में मुबारक है . advance mē̃ mubārak hai . advance mē̃[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . advance in congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .

572Everyone has raised their hands.

513इनाम को छोड़ना नहीं . inām kō chhōṛnā nahī̃ . inām[x] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . prize to renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not . 514बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

573Will you all have 4 hours of remembrance?

515बापदादा तो मधुबन निवासियों को सदा नयनों के सामने देखते हैं . bāpdādā tō madhuban nivāsiyō̃ kō sadā nayanō̃ kē|K sāmnē dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then Madhuban resident to constantly eye (of|K) x see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

574All of you have received the prize of congratulations. 575Congratulations in advance!

516नूरे रत्न देखते हैं . nūrē ratna dēkhtē haĩ . nūrē ratna[x] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . jewel in the eyes see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

576Don’t let go of your prize.

517मधुबन निवासी बनना कोई छोटी सी बात नहीं है . madhuban nivāsī bannā kōī chhōṭī see|sī|C bāt nahī̃ hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban resident become[inf.m.sg.d.] some small (see|x) matter not be[pres.sg.23] .

577Very good! 578BapDada constantly sees the Madhuban niwasis in front of Him.

518मधुबन निवासी बनना अर्थात् अनेक गिफ्ट के अधिकारी बनना . madhuban nivāsī bannā arthāt anēk gift kē|K adhikārī bannā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt anēk[adj.] gift kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Madhuban resident become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is many gift (of|K) (one) who has a right become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

579He sees you as the jewels of His eyes. 580It is not a small thing to be a Madhuban niwasi.

519देखो , स्थूल गिफ्ट भी मधुबन में बहुत मिलती है ना  ! dēkhō , sthūl gift bhī madhuban mē̃ bahut miltī hai nā  ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sthūl[adj.] gift bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut milnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā  ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , physical gift too Madhuban in very receive[pres.sg.f.23] ∅  !

581To be a Madhuban niwasi means to claim a right to many gifts.

520और कितना स्वमान मिलता है . aur kitnā svamān miltā hai . aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and so self-respect receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

582You also receive many physical gifts in Madhuban.

521अगर मधुबन वाला कहाँ भी जाता है तो किस नजर से सभी देखते हैं  ? agar madhuban vālā kahā̃ bhī jātā hai tō kis najar sē sabhī dēkhtē haĩ  ? agar madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahā̃ bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? if Madhuban those who where too go[pres.sg.m.23] then (what|who) glance from all see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

583You receive so much respect as well. 584When anyone from Madhuban goes somewhere with what vision do those people see you?

522मधुबन वाला आया है . madhuban vālā āyā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Madhuban those who come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

585That someone from Madhuban has come!

523तो इतना अपना स्वमान सदा इमर्ज रखो . tō itnā apnā svamān sadā emerge rakhō . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] sadā emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such (adopt[root]|one’s own) self-respect constantly emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

586So, constantly keep this respect of yours emerged.

524मर्ज नहीं , इमर्ज . merge nahī̃ , emerge . merge nahī̃[neg] , emerge . merge not , emerge .

587Not merged, but emerged!

525ठीक है ना  ? ṭhīk hai nā  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

588Is this OK?

526अभी बापदादा चार्ट पूछते रहेंगे  ? abhī bāpdādā chart pūchhtē rahē̃gē  ? ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā chart pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]  ? now BapDada chart ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]  ?

589BapDada is going to continue to ask you about your chart.

52715-15 दिन के बाद चार्ट की रिजल्ट देखेंगे . 15-15 din kē bād chart kī|key result dēkhē̃gē . 15-15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] chart karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 15-15 day after chart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

590Baba will see the result of your chart every 15 days.

528ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

591Is this OK?

529चार्ट में देना - हाँ या ना . chart mē̃ dēnā - hā̃ yā nā . chart mē̃[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - hā̃ yā nā . chart in give[inf.m.sg.d.] - yes or ∅ .

592Simply say yes or no in your chart.

530ऊपर तारीख लिखना और नीचे हाँ ना , हाँ ना . ūpar tārīkh likhnā aur nīchē hā̃ nā , hā̃ nā . ūpar tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur nīchē hā̃ nā , hā̃ nā . over x write[inf.m.sg.d.] and down yes ∅ , yes ∅ .

593Write the date at the top and your name at the bottom, with yes or no.

531बस दो या 3 या 4 घण्टा पावरफुल याद रही . bas dō yā 3 yā 4 ghaṇṭā powerful yād rahī . basnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] yā 3 yā 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] powerful yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] . x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] or 3 or 4 hour powerful remembrance remain[past-part.f.] .

594Simply write 2 hours, 3 hours or 4 hours.

532बस , ज्यादा नहीं लिखना . bas , jyādā nahī̃ likhnā . basnā[root]|bas , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[root]|simply) , more not write[inf.m.sg.d.] . 533पढ़ने का टाइम नहीं मिलता है ना . paṛhnē kā time nahī̃ miltā hai nā . paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . study[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time not receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

595Don’t write a lot, because there is never enough time to read it all .

534मधुबन निवासियों से सभी का प्यार है और आप लोगों को कितनी दुआयें मिलती हैं . madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē sabhī kā pyār hai aur āp lōgō̃ kō kitnī duāyē̃ miltī haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . Madhuban resident from all of love be[pres.sg.23] and you people to so blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

596Everyone has a lot of love for the Madhuban niwasis. 597All of you receive so many blessings.

535जो आई . पी . भी आते हैं , योग शिविर में आते हैं , कांफ्रेंस में आते हैं तो मधुबन की सेवा देख करके दुआयें तो देते हैं ना . jō eye|āī|I . P|pī . bhī ātē haĩ , yōg śhivir mē̃ ātē haĩ , kāmphrē̃s mē̃ ātē haĩ tō madhuban kī|key sēvā dēkh karkē duāyē̃ tō dētē haĩ nā . jō[pn.;d.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhivir[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . that (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yoga camp in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service see[root] do[abs.] blessing then give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .

598On seeing all the service you are doing, all the IPs that come, those who come for the yoga courses and the conferences etc. give blessings to all the sevadharis.

536हर एक के दिल से निकलता है - वाह सेवाधारी वाह  ! har ēk kē|K dil sē nikaltā hai - vāh sēvādhārī vāh  ! har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] - vāh sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh  ! each one (of|K) heart from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] - wah! server wah!  !

599The sound emerges from each one’s heart “Wah! 600Sevadharis wah!”

537तो दुआयें भी तो जमा हो रही हैं . tō duāyē̃ bhī tō jamā hō rahī haĩ . tō duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] tō jamnā[x] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . then blessing too then x[x] remain[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

601So your blessings are being accumulated.

538तो कमाल करके दिखाना . tō kamāl karkē dikhānā . tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

602Now show such wonders!

539मधुबन वालों का रिकार्ड 4 घण्टे का जरूर हो , ज्यादा भी हो तो और अच्छा . madhuban vālō̃ kā record 4 ghaṇṭē kā jarūr hō , jyādā bhī hō tō aur achchhā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zarūr hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . Madhuban those who of record 4 hour of definitely (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , more too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then and achcha . 540यही प्रवृत्ति वालों को , सेन्टर वालों को , सभी को पावरफुल बनायेगा . yahī pravr̥itti vālō̃ kō , centre vālō̃ kō , sabhī kō powerful banāyēgā . yahī[pn.;d.] pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , centre vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] powerful banānā[fut.m.sg.23] . this famille those who to , centre those who to , all to powerful create[fut.m.sg.23] .

603If you Madhuban niwasis have a record of 4 hours, it will be good. 604If you have more than 4 hours, then that can inspire all of those who live at home and at all the other centres to become powerful. 605You have to become the instruments to do this.

541निमित्त आप बनो . nimitt āp banō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . instrument you become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

606You do want to become the instruments, do you not?

542अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

607Achcha.

543खुशराजी हैं , यह पूछने की आवश्यकता है  ? khuśarājī haĩ , yah pūchhnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai  ? x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] pūchhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this ask[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23]  ?

608You are all happy and content, so is there a need to ask this?

544या खुश रहते ही हो , पूछने की आवश्यकता है  ? yā khuśh rahtē hī hō , pūchhnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā hai  ? yā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , pūchhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? or happy remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , ask[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.23]  ?

609Or, is it that because you always remain happy, there is no need to ask this question?

545खुश तो सभी हैं ही . khuśh tō sabhī haĩ hī . khuśh[adj.] tō sab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . happy then all be[pres.pl.12hon3] only .

610All of you are happy all the time.

546सभी के चेहरे देखो , सभी के दांत निकले हुए हैं . sabhī kē|K chēhrē dēkhō , sabhī kē|K dānt nikalē huē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dant[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . all (of|K) face see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all (of|K) tooth (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

611Look at everyone’s face. 612All of you are smiling brightly.

547बहुत अच्छे हो . bahut achchhē hō . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . very achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

613You are all very good.

548अपनी विशेषता देखो और उसको कार्य में लगाओ . apnī viśhēṣhtā dēkhō aur uskō kārya mē̃ lagāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.sg.kō] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own speciality see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that[.kō] task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

614Recognise your specialities and use them. 615BapDada is especially speaking to the sisters of Madhuban.

549विशेष मधुबन की बहिनों से बात कर रहे हैं . viśhēṣh madhuban kī|key bahinō̃ sē bāt kar rahē haĩ . viśhēṣh[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . special Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from matter do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

616BapDada sees everything. 617Nothing remains hidden from BapDada.

550बापदादा सब देखते हैं . bāpdādā sab dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada all see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

618He sees everything inside and everything outside.

551बापदादा से कुछ छिपता नहीं है . bāpdādā sē kuchh chhiptā nahī̃ hai . bāpdādā sē[postp.] kuchh chhipnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada from anything secretly[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

619All you sisters of Madhuban should specially use your specialities.

552अन्दर का भी देखता है , तो बाहर का भी देखता है . andar kā bhī dēkhtā hai , tō bāhar kā bhī dēkhtā hai . andar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . inside of too see[pres.sg.m.23] , then outside of too see[pres.sg.m.23] .

620Each of you has specialities. 621It isn’t that you have no specialities.

553मधुबन की बहिनें विशेष अपनी-अपनी विशेषता को कार्य में लगाओ . madhuban kī|key bahinē̃ viśhēṣh apnī-apnī viśhēṣhtā kō kārya mē̃ lagāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x special one’s own speciality to task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

622All of you have specialities. 623Simply put them into use and you will continue to increase them.

554हर एक में विशेषतायें हैं , ऐसे नहीं कोई विशेषता नहीं है . har ēk mē̃ viśhēṣhatāyē̃ haĩ , aisē nahī̃ kōī viśhēṣhtā nahī̃ hai . har ēk[x] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aisē nahī̃[x] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one in speciality be[pres.pl.12hon3] , it isn't that some speciality not be[pres.sg.23] .

624Look at the specialities of others and use your own specialities. 625You are no less.

555सभी में हैं . sabhī mē̃ haĩ . sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

626What does everyone call you?

556सिर्फ उसको कार्य में लगाने से वृद्धि को प्राप्त होती जायेंगी . sirph uskō kārya mē̃ lagānē sē vr̥iddhi kō prāpt hōtī jāyēṅgī . sirph[adj.] vah[pn.sg.kō] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . only that[.kō] task in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] from growth to reached be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .

627The sisters of Madhuban. 628When the name of Madhuban is used, everyone is so happy.

557औरों की भी विशेषता देखो और अपनी विशेषता कार्य में लगाओ . aurō̃ kī|key bhī viśhēṣhtā dēkhō aur apnī viśhēṣhtā kārya mē̃ lagāō . aurō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . others (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too speciality see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own speciality task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

629So you sisters of Madhuban are no less. 630You are worthy to receive blessings from everyone.

558कम नहीं हैं . cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 559सभी क्या बुलाते हैं  ! sabhī kyā bulātē haĩ  ! sab[adv.hī] kyā bulānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ! all what call[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  !

631You can accumulate as much as you want in your account of charity.

560मधुबन की बहिनें . madhuban kī|key bahinē̃ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x .

632You have this chance.

561मधुबन नाम आने से ही कितनी खुशी हो जाती है . madhuban nām ānē sē hī kitnī khuśhī hō jātī hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . Madhuban name (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from only so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

633You can use your time in a worthwhile way as much as you want.

562तो मधुबन की बहिनें कम नहीं हैं . tō madhuban kī|key bahinē̃ cum|kam nahī̃ haĩ . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (x|less) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

634You have been given this chance, have you not?

563सभी के दुआओं की पात्र हो . sabhī kē|K duāō̃ kī|key pātr hō . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all (of|K) blessing (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) worthy of receiving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

635Or, do you feel that you are not given a chance?

564पुण्य का खाता जितना बनाने चाहो उतना बना सकते हो . puṇya kā khātā jitnā banānē chāhō utnā banā saktē hō . puṇya kā khātā[x] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . accounts of charity the more create[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

636You have to take this chance yourself. 637It will not come to you just like that.

565चांस है . chance hai . chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . chance be[pres.sg.23] . 566समय को जितना सफल करने चाहो उतना कर सकते हो . samay kō jitnā saphal karnē chāhō utnā kar saktē hō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . time to the more successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

638No one will come and tell you to do something.

567चांस तो है ना  ! chance tō hai nā  ! chance tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! chance then be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

639Take the chance yourself.

568या चांस नहीं मिलता है  ? yā chance nahī̃ miltā hai  ? yā chance nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? or chance not receive[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

640What will you become when you take a chance?

569चांस आपेही लो , चांस ऐसे नहीं मिलेगा . chance āpēhī lō|low , chance aisē nahī̃ milēgā . chance āpēhī lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low , chance aisē nahī̃[x] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . chance automatically (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) , chance it isn't that receive[fut.m.sg.23] . 570कोई कहे हाँ यह करो , नहीं . kōī kahē hā̃ yah karō , nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] hā̃ yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] . some (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) yes this do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not .

641A chancellor. 642Those from Madhuban are fortunate, but you must now use your fortune.

571चांस लो . chance lō|low . chance lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . chance (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .

643Do you understand?

572चांस लेने से क्या बन जायेंगे  ? chance lēnē sē kyā ban jāyēṅgē  ? chance lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kyā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  ? chance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] from what become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  ? 573चांसलर . chancellor . chancellor . chancellor .

644Baba is seeing all of you, since all of you are sitting at the front.

574मधुबन वाले भाग्यवान तो हैं ही लेकिन अपने भाग्य को कार्य में लगाओ . madhuban vālē bhāgyavān tō haĩ hī lēkin apnē bhāgya kō kārya mē̃ lagāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgyavān[x] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban those who fortunate then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only but one’s own x to task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

645The sisters are specially loved. 646The brothers are more in number. 647You are the specially loved ones, are you not?

575समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

648Very good!

576बहिनें हैं सिकीलधी और भाई हैं बहुत . bahinē̃ haĩ sikīladhī aur bhāī haĩ bahut . bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sikīladhē[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur bhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] bahut . x be[pres.pl.12hon3] beloved, long-lost and now-found and be liked[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] very . 577सिकीलधी हैं ना  ! sikīladhī haĩ nā  ! sikīladhē[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! beloved, long-lost and now-found be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

649Now the sisters should claim the first number for 4 hours of remembrance.

578बहुत अच्छा है . bahut achchhā hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

650Is this OK?

579अभी 4 घण्टे में पहला नम्बर बहिनें आनी चाहिए . abhī 4 ghaṇṭē mē̃ pahlā number bahinē̃ ānī chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] 4 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā number[x] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[.oblig3] . now 4 hour in x x come[.oblig3] .

651You want to claim the first number, do you not?

580ऐसे नहीं कहना - यह हो गया ना . aisē nahī̃ kahnā - yah hō gayā nā . aisē nahī̃[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . it isn't that say[inf.m.sg.d.] - this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .

652Don’t say, “This happened, or this should not happen.”

581यह होना नहीं चाहिए ना  ! yah hōnā nahī̃ chāhiē nā  ! yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā  ! this be[inf.m.sg.d.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅  !

653Don’t speak in this way. 654You have to do this 4 hours.

582यह नहीं . yah nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . this not .

655You have to do this.

583करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 584पक्का  ! pakkā  ! pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! firm  !

656Have you made this firm?

585इन्हों की फोटो निकालो . inhō̃ kī|key phōṭō nikālō . yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

657Take their photograph! 658You have to do this!

586अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

659Achcha.

587ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti .

660* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used